Mercurial > vim
annotate src/edit.c @ 3584:443c50cd3e88 v7.3.552
updated for version 7.3.552
Problem: Formatting inside comments does not use the "2" flag in
'formatoptions'.
Solution: Support the "2" flag. (Tor Perkins)
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Wed, 13 Jun 2012 17:28:55 +0200 |
| parents | 5c1aaf9b4b1b |
| children | a1de7928a7ab |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 | |
| 14 #include "vim.h" | |
| 15 | |
| 16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 17 /* | |
| 18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode | |
| 19 */ | |
| 20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 | |
| 21 | |
| 22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 | |
| 23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 | |
| 24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 | |
| 25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 | |
| 26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 | |
| 30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 | |
| 12 | 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 |
| 523 | 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 |
| 477 | 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 |
| 36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ | |
| 7 | 37 |
| 38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] | |
| 39 | |
| 40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = | |
| 41 { | |
| 42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ | |
| 819 | 43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), |
| 449 | 44 NULL, |
| 7 | 45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), |
| 46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), | |
| 47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), | |
| 48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), | |
| 49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), | |
| 50 NULL, | |
| 51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), | |
| 52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), | |
| 12 | 53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), |
| 54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), | |
| 523 | 55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), |
| 819 | 56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), |
| 449 | 57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), |
| 7 | 58 }; |
| 59 | |
| 1869 | 60 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); |
| 2631 | 61 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 62 static char e_complwin[] = N_("E839: Completion function changed window"); | |
| 63 static char e_compldel[] = N_("E840: Completion function deleted text"); | |
| 64 #endif | |
| 7 | 65 |
| 66 /* | |
| 67 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. | |
| 68 */ | |
| 681 | 69 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; |
| 70 struct compl_S | |
| 7 | 71 { |
| 464 | 72 compl_T *cp_next; |
| 73 compl_T *cp_prev; | |
| 74 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ | |
| 681 | 75 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ |
| 786 | 76 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ |
| 659 | 77 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when |
| 78 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ | |
| 464 | 79 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ |
| 80 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ | |
| 7 | 81 }; |
| 82 | |
| 464 | 83 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ |
| 7 | 84 #define FREE_FNAME (2) |
| 85 | |
| 86 /* | |
| 87 * All the current matches are stored in a list. | |
| 449 | 88 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. |
| 89 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. | |
| 90 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during | |
| 91 * ins_compl_get_exp(). | |
| 7 | 92 */ |
| 464 | 93 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; |
| 94 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 95 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; | |
| 449 | 96 |
| 825 | 97 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, |
| 98 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ | |
| 99 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 100 | |
| 657 | 101 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string |
| 102 * are used. */ | |
| 103 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 104 | |
| 665 | 105 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string |
| 106 in compl_leader */ | |
| 107 | |
| 657 | 108 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When |
| 109 FALSE the match was edited or using | |
| 110 the longest common string. */ | |
| 111 | |
| 874 | 112 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding |
| 113 completions. */ | |
| 114 | |
| 115 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ | |
| 116 | |
| 449 | 117 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's |
| 118 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ | |
| 644 | 119 static int compl_started = FALSE; |
| 449 | 120 |
| 1927 | 121 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, |
| 122 * which is not allowed. */ | |
| 123 static int compl_busy = FALSE; | |
| 124 | |
| 464 | 125 static int compl_matches = 0; |
| 126 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 127 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; | |
| 128 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; | |
| 716 | 129 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ |
| 464 | 130 static pos_T compl_startpos; |
| 131 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts | |
| 132 * that is being completed */ | |
| 133 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before | |
| 134 * completion started */ | |
| 135 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 136 static expand_T compl_xp; | |
| 449 | 137 |
| 3078 | 138 static int compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; |
| 139 | |
| 449 | 140 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void)); |
| 141 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt)); | |
| 1430 | 142 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c)); |
| 944 | 143 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup)); |
| 681 | 144 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 665 | 145 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match)); |
| 681 | 146 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase)); |
| 7 | 147 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 148 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void)); |
| 149 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void)); | |
| 648 | 150 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void)); |
| 707 | 151 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void)); |
| 659 | 152 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus)); |
| 703 | 153 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir)); |
| 667 | 154 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr)); |
| 7 | 155 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void)); |
| 156 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void)); | |
| 657 | 157 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void)); |
| 3078 | 158 static int ins_compl_need_restart __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 159 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void)); |
| 657 | 160 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c)); |
| 3078 | 161 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 162 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void)); |
| 694 | 163 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str)); |
| 659 | 164 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 165 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c)); |
| 3095 | 166 static void ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader __ARGS((char_u *ptr_arg)); |
| 7 | 167 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag)); |
| 724 | 168 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 169 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list)); | |
| 3078 | 170 static void ins_compl_add_dict __ARGS((dict_T *dict)); |
| 724 | 171 #endif |
| 659 | 172 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini)); |
| 7 | 173 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void)); |
| 174 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void)); | |
| 665 | 175 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match)); |
| 610 | 176 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c)); |
| 644 | 177 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c)); |
| 610 | 178 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c)); |
| 681 | 179 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c)); |
| 7 | 180 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c)); |
| 1872 | 181 static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 7 | 182 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ |
| 183 | |
| 184 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 | |
| 185 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 | |
| 186 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 | |
| 187 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 | |
| 188 | |
| 661 | 189 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready)); |
| 7 | 190 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void)); |
| 191 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void)); | |
| 192 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int)); | |
| 2004 | 193 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c)); |
| 7 | 194 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int)); |
| 195 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 196 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos)); | |
| 744 | 197 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 198 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void)); |
| 484 | 199 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void)); |
| 497 | 200 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ |
| 221 | 201 #endif |
| 7 | 202 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc)); |
| 203 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int)); | |
| 204 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void)); | |
| 205 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off)); | |
| 206 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void)); | |
| 207 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 208 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc)); | |
| 209 #endif | |
| 210 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void)); | |
| 1782 | 211 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col)); |
| 212 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col)); | |
| 7 | 213 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 214 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void)); | |
| 215 #endif | |
| 216 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void)); | |
| 217 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void)); | |
| 449 | 218 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void)); |
| 477 | 219 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove)); |
| 7 | 220 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 221 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void)); | |
| 222 #endif | |
| 223 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 224 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 225 #endif | |
| 449 | 226 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState)); |
| 227 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7 | 228 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc)); |
| 229 static void ins_del __ARGS((void)); | |
| 230 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p)); | |
| 231 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 232 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c)); | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
233 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int dir)); |
| 7 | 234 #endif |
| 692 | 235 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 236 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 237 #endif | |
| 7 | 238 static void ins_left __ARGS((void)); |
| 239 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 240 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 241 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void)); | |
| 242 static void ins_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 243 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 244 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 245 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void)); | |
| 246 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 247 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void)); | |
| 248 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 249 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void)); | |
| 250 #endif | |
| 251 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void)); | |
| 252 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 253 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 254 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void)); | |
| 255 #endif | |
| 449 | 256 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc)); |
| 7 | 257 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 258 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 259 #endif | |
| 260 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void)); | |
| 3390 | 261 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 262 static char_u *do_insert_char_pre __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 263 #endif | |
| 7 | 264 |
| 265 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ | |
| 266 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ | |
| 267 | |
| 268 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, | |
| 269 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ | |
| 270 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ | |
| 271 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ | |
| 603 | 272 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ |
| 7 | 273 |
| 274 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 275 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ | |
| 276 #endif | |
| 277 | |
| 278 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
| 279 | |
| 280 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 298 | 281 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ |
| 282 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ | |
| 283 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ | |
| 284 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ | |
| 7 | 285 #endif |
| 286 | |
| 287 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a | |
| 288 char. Set when edit() is called. | |
| 289 after that arrow_used is used. */ | |
| 290 | |
| 291 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space | |
| 292 under the cursor */ | |
| 293 | |
| 294 /* | |
| 295 * edit(): Start inserting text. | |
| 296 * | |
| 297 * "cmdchar" can be: | |
| 298 * 'i' normal insert command | |
| 299 * 'a' normal append command | |
| 300 * 'R' replace command | |
| 301 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, | |
| 302 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. | |
| 303 * 'g' "gI" command. | |
| 304 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 305 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 306 * | |
| 307 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns | |
| 308 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. | |
| 309 * | |
| 310 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). | |
| 311 */ | |
| 312 int | |
| 313 edit(cmdchar, startln, count) | |
| 314 int cmdchar; | |
| 315 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */ | |
| 316 long count; | |
| 317 { | |
| 318 int c = 0; | |
| 319 char_u *ptr; | |
| 320 int lastc; | |
| 1869 | 321 int mincol; |
| 7 | 322 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; |
| 323 int i; | |
| 324 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ | |
| 325 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 326 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ | |
| 327 #endif | |
| 328 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ | |
| 329 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 330 int old_topfill = -1; | |
| 331 #endif | |
| 332 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ | |
| 333 int replaceState = REPLACE; | |
| 477 | 334 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ |
| 7 | 335 |
| 603 | 336 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ |
| 337 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; | |
| 338 | |
| 7 | 339 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an |
| 340 * error message */ | |
| 341 check_for_delay(TRUE); | |
| 342 | |
| 343 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX | |
| 344 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ | |
| 345 if (sandbox != 0) | |
| 346 { | |
| 347 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); | |
| 348 return FALSE; | |
| 349 } | |
| 350 #endif | |
| 632 | 351 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The |
| 352 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ | |
| 634 | 353 if (textlock != 0) |
| 632 | 354 { |
| 355 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 356 return FALSE; | |
| 357 } | |
| 7 | 358 |
| 359 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 844 | 360 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ |
| 1927 | 361 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) |
| 844 | 362 { |
| 363 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 364 return FALSE; | |
| 365 } | |
| 7 | 366 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ |
| 367 #endif | |
| 368 | |
| 11 | 369 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 370 /* | |
| 371 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". | |
| 372 */ | |
| 373 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 374 { | |
| 532 | 375 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 11 | 376 if (cmdchar == 'R') |
| 377 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; | |
| 378 else if (cmdchar == 'V') | |
| 379 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; | |
| 380 else | |
| 381 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; | |
| 382 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); | |
| 532 | 383 # endif |
| 11 | 384 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 385 } | |
| 386 #endif | |
| 387 | |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
388 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
389 /* Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State. If |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
390 * 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing. */ |
|
2428
33148c37f3c9
Changes for VMS. Mostly by Zoltan Arpadffy.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
391 conceal_check_cursur_line(); |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
392 #endif |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
393 |
| 7 | 394 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 395 /* | |
| 396 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to | |
| 397 * where the paste started. | |
| 398 */ | |
| 399 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) | |
| 400 Insstart = where_paste_started; | |
| 401 else | |
| 402 #endif | |
| 403 { | |
| 404 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 405 if (startln) | |
| 406 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 407 } | |
| 1869 | 408 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
| 7 | 409 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; |
| 410 if (!did_ai) | |
| 411 ai_col = 0; | |
| 412 | |
| 413 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) | |
| 414 { | |
| 415 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 416 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); | |
| 417 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 418 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 419 { | |
| 420 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ | |
| 421 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); | |
| 422 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); | |
| 423 } | |
| 424 else | |
| 425 #endif | |
| 426 { | |
| 427 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); | |
| 428 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ | |
| 429 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); | |
| 430 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ | |
| 431 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ | |
| 432 } | |
| 433 } | |
| 434 | |
| 435 if (cmdchar == 'R') | |
| 436 { | |
| 437 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 438 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 439 { | |
| 440 beep_flush(); | |
| 441 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 442 State = INSERT; | |
| 443 } | |
| 444 else | |
| 445 #endif | |
| 446 State = REPLACE; | |
| 447 } | |
| 448 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 449 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 450 { | |
| 451 State = VREPLACE; | |
| 452 replaceState = VREPLACE; | |
| 453 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 454 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 455 } | |
| 456 #endif | |
| 457 else | |
| 458 State = INSERT; | |
| 459 | |
| 460 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; | |
| 461 | |
| 462 /* | |
| 463 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is | |
| 464 * on a TAB or special character. | |
| 465 */ | |
| 466 curs_columns(TRUE); | |
| 467 | |
| 468 /* | |
| 469 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. | |
| 470 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the | |
| 471 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated | |
| 472 * when hitting <Esc>. | |
| 473 */ | |
| 474 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
| 475 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 476 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 477 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); | |
| 478 #endif | |
| 479 | |
| 480 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 481 setmouse(); | |
| 482 #endif | |
| 483 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 484 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 485 #endif | |
| 486 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 487 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ | |
| 488 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 489 if (revins_on) | |
| 490 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 491 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 492 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 493 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 494 #endif | |
| 495 | |
| 496 /* | |
| 497 * Handle restarting Insert mode. | |
| 498 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with | |
| 499 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. | |
| 500 */ | |
| 501 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) | |
| 502 { | |
| 503 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 504 /* | |
| 505 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for | |
| 506 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. | |
| 507 */ | |
| 508 if (where_paste_started.lnum) | |
| 509 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 510 else | |
| 511 #endif | |
| 512 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 513 restart_edit = 0; | |
| 514 | |
| 515 /* | |
| 516 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is | |
| 517 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not | |
| 518 * correct in very rare cases). | |
| 519 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual | |
| 520 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". | |
| 521 */ | |
| 522 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 523 update_curswant(); | |
| 230 | 524 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) |
| 7 | 525 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) |
| 526 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) | |
| 527 { | |
| 528 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
| 529 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 530 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 531 else if (has_mbyte) | |
| 532 { | |
| 474 | 533 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 534 if (ptr[i] == NUL) |
| 535 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; | |
| 536 } | |
| 537 #endif | |
| 538 } | |
| 230 | 539 ins_at_eol = FALSE; |
| 7 | 540 } |
| 541 else | |
| 542 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 543 | |
| 544 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ | |
| 545 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; | |
| 546 | |
| 547 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ | |
| 548 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 549 | |
| 550 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 551 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; | |
| 552 #endif | |
| 553 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 554 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 555 #endif | |
| 556 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 557 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or | |
| 558 * restarting. */ | |
| 559 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 560 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 561 #endif | |
| 562 | |
| 563 /* | |
| 564 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. | |
| 565 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before | |
| 566 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. | |
| 567 */ | |
| 568 i = 0; | |
| 644 | 569 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
| 7 | 570 i = showmode(); |
| 571 | |
| 572 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 1473 | 573 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); |
| 7 | 574 |
| 575 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 576 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 577 #endif | |
| 578 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 579 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 580 #endif | |
| 581 | |
| 603 | 582 /* |
| 583 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be | |
| 584 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. | |
| 585 */ | |
| 7 | 586 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 587 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 588 new_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 589 else | |
| 590 { | |
| 591 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 592 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 593 } | |
| 594 | |
| 595 old_indent = 0; | |
| 596 | |
| 597 /* | |
| 598 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. | |
| 599 */ | |
| 600 for (;;) | |
| 601 { | |
| 602 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 603 if (!revins_legal) | |
| 604 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ | |
| 605 else | |
| 606 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 607 #endif | |
| 608 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ | |
| 609 count = 0; | |
| 610 | |
| 611 if (stop_insert_mode) | |
| 612 { | |
| 613 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ | |
| 614 count = 0; | |
| 615 goto doESCkey; | |
| 616 } | |
| 617 | |
| 618 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ | |
| 619 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 620 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 621 | |
| 622 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a | |
| 623 * menu invoked a shell command). */ | |
| 624 if (stuff_empty()) | |
| 625 { | |
| 626 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
| 627 if (need_check_timestamps) | |
| 628 check_timestamps(FALSE); | |
| 629 } | |
| 630 | |
| 631 /* | |
| 632 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. | |
| 633 */ | |
| 634 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 635 | |
| 636 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 637 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to | |
| 638 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an | |
| 639 * autocommand. */ | |
| 640 if (need_mouse_correct) | |
| 641 gui_mouse_correct(); | |
| 642 #endif | |
| 643 | |
| 644 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 645 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ | |
| 646 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) | |
| 647 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 648 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ | |
| 649 if (!char_avail()) | |
| 650 foldCheckClose(); | |
| 651 #endif | |
| 652 | |
| 653 /* | |
| 654 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in | |
| 655 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra | |
| 656 * redraw. | |
| 657 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting | |
| 658 * something. | |
| 659 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has | |
| 660 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). | |
| 661 */ | |
| 662 if (curbuf->b_mod_set | |
| 663 && curwin->w_p_wrap | |
| 664 && !did_backspace | |
| 665 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline | |
| 666 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 667 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill | |
| 668 #endif | |
| 669 ) | |
| 670 { | |
| 671 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 672 validate_cursor_col(); | |
| 673 | |
| 1869 | 674 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts |
| 7 | 675 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) |
| 676 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so | |
| 677 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline | |
| 678 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 679 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 | |
| 680 #endif | |
| 681 )) | |
| 682 { | |
| 683 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 684 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) | |
| 685 --curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 686 else | |
| 687 #endif | |
| 688 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 689 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) | |
| 690 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); | |
| 691 else | |
| 692 #endif | |
| 693 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); | |
| 694 } | |
| 695 } | |
| 696 | |
| 697 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ | |
| 698 update_topline(); | |
| 699 | |
| 700 did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 701 | |
| 702 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ | |
| 703 | |
| 704 /* | |
| 705 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. | |
| 706 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. | |
| 707 */ | |
| 661 | 708 ins_redraw(TRUE); |
| 7 | 709 |
| 710 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
| 711 if (curwin->w_p_scb) | |
| 712 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); | |
| 713 #endif | |
| 714 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
715 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
716 if (curwin->w_p_crb) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
717 do_check_cursorbind(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
718 #endif |
| 7 | 719 update_curswant(); |
| 720 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 721 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 722 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 723 #endif | |
| 724 | |
| 725 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 726 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 727 #endif | |
| 728 | |
| 729 /* | |
| 1526 | 730 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. |
| 7 | 731 */ |
| 732 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */ | |
| 1526 | 733 do |
| 734 { | |
| 735 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
| 736 } while (c == K_IGNORE); | |
| 7 | 737 |
| 978 | 738 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 739 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ | |
| 740 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 741 #endif | |
| 742 | |
| 7 | 743 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 744 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 745 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 746 #endif | |
| 747 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 748 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 749 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 750 #endif | |
| 751 | |
| 752 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 659 | 753 /* |
| 754 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted | |
| 897 | 755 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is |
| 756 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. | |
| 659 | 757 */ |
| 897 | 758 if (compl_started |
| 759 && pum_wanted() | |
| 760 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col | |
| 761 && (compl_shown_match == NULL | |
| 762 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) | |
| 659 | 763 { |
| 764 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ | |
| 765 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
| 836 | 766 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col |
| 767 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) | |
| 657 | 768 continue; |
| 769 | |
| 659 | 770 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ |
| 771 if (!compl_used_match) | |
| 657 | 772 { |
| 659 | 773 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to |
| 836 | 774 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and |
| 775 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ | |
| 776 if (c == Ctrl_L | |
| 777 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE | |
| 1872 | 778 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) |
| 836 | 779 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) |
| 659 | 780 { |
| 781 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); | |
| 782 continue; | |
| 783 } | |
| 784 | |
| 1430 | 785 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current |
| 786 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ | |
| 787 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) | |
| 659 | 788 { |
| 3390 | 789 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 790 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ | |
| 791 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); | |
| 792 char_u *p; | |
| 793 | |
| 794 if (str != NULL) | |
| 795 { | |
| 796 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 797 ins_compl_addleader(PTR2CHAR(p)); | |
| 798 vim_free(str); | |
| 799 } | |
| 800 else | |
| 801 #endif | |
| 802 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
| 659 | 803 continue; |
| 804 } | |
| 665 | 805 |
| 887 | 806 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When |
| 825 | 807 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ |
| 808 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 809 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 665 | 810 { |
| 811 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 812 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 813 } | |
| 657 | 814 } |
| 815 } | |
| 816 | |
| 7 | 817 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but |
| 818 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ | |
| 665 | 819 compl_get_longest = FALSE; |
| 1526 | 820 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) |
| 657 | 821 continue; |
| 7 | 822 #endif |
| 823 | |
| 477 | 824 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, |
| 825 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', | |
| 826 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ | |
| 7 | 827 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) |
| 828 { | |
| 829 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 830 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 831 ++no_mapping; |
| 832 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 833 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 834 --no_mapping; |
| 835 --allow_keys; | |
| 477 | 836 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) |
| 7 | 837 { |
| 477 | 838 /* it's something else */ |
| 7 | 839 vungetc(c); |
| 840 c = Ctrl_BSL; | |
| 841 } | |
| 842 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) | |
| 843 continue; | |
| 844 else | |
| 845 { | |
| 477 | 846 if (c == Ctrl_O) |
| 847 { | |
| 848 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 849 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ | |
| 850 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 851 } | |
| 7 | 852 count = 0; |
| 853 goto doESCkey; | |
| 854 } | |
| 855 } | |
| 856 | |
| 857 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 858 c = do_digraph(c); | |
| 859 #endif | |
| 860 | |
| 861 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 862 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 863 goto docomplete; | |
| 864 #endif | |
| 865 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) | |
| 866 { | |
| 867 ins_ctrl_v(); | |
| 868 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ | |
| 869 continue; | |
| 870 } | |
| 871 | |
| 872 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 873 if (cindent_on() | |
| 874 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 875 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 876 # endif | |
| 877 ) | |
| 878 { | |
| 879 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be | |
| 880 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. | |
| 881 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be | |
| 882 * done before inserting the key. */ | |
| 883 line_is_white = inindent(0); | |
| 884 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) | |
| 885 goto force_cindent; | |
| 886 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) | |
| 887 && stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 888 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 889 } | |
| 890 #endif | |
| 891 | |
| 892 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 893 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 894 switch (c) | |
| 895 { | |
| 896 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; | |
| 897 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; | |
| 898 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; | |
| 899 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; | |
| 900 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; | |
| 901 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; | |
| 902 } | |
| 903 #endif | |
| 904 | |
| 905 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 906 /* | |
| 907 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it | |
| 908 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these | |
| 909 * characters. | |
| 910 */ | |
| 911 if (ins_start_select(c)) | |
| 912 continue; | |
| 913 #endif | |
| 914 | |
| 915 /* | |
| 916 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. | |
| 917 */ | |
| 918 switch (c) | |
| 919 { | |
| 449 | 920 case ESC: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 921 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) |
| 922 break; | |
| 923 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 924 | |
| 449 | 925 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 926 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN |
| 927 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 928 { | |
| 929 /* Close the cmdline window. */ | |
| 930 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; | |
| 931 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ | |
| 929 | 932 nomove = TRUE; |
| 7 | 933 goto doESCkey; |
| 934 } | |
| 935 #endif | |
| 936 | |
| 937 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 938 do_intr: | |
| 939 #endif | |
| 940 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave | |
| 941 * Insert mode */ | |
| 942 if (goto_im()) | |
| 943 { | |
| 944 if (got_int) | |
| 945 { | |
| 946 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ | |
| 947 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 948 } | |
| 949 else | |
| 950 vim_beep(); | |
| 951 break; | |
| 952 } | |
| 953 doESCkey: | |
| 954 /* | |
| 955 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! | |
| 956 */ | |
| 957 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line | |
| 958 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ | |
| 230 | 959 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) |
| 7 | 960 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 961 | |
| 477 | 962 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) |
| 11 | 963 { |
| 964 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 965 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 966 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, | |
| 967 FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 993 | 968 did_cursorhold = FALSE; |
| 11 | 969 #endif |
| 7 | 970 return (c == Ctrl_O); |
| 11 | 971 } |
| 7 | 972 continue; |
| 973 | |
| 449 | 974 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ |
| 975 if (!p_im) | |
| 976 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ | |
| 977 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); | |
| 978 c = Ctrl_O; | |
| 979 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 980 | |
| 981 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ | |
| 502 | 982 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 523 | 983 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 449 | 984 goto docomplete; |
| 985 #endif | |
| 986 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 987 break; | |
| 988 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 853 | 989 |
| 990 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 991 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ | |
| 992 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
| 993 { | |
| 994 ins_at_eol = FALSE; | |
| 995 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 996 } | |
| 997 #endif | |
| 449 | 998 count = 0; |
| 999 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1000 | |
| 464 | 1001 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ |
| 1002 case K_KINS: | |
| 1003 ins_insert(replaceState); | |
| 1004 break; | |
| 1005 | |
| 1006 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ | |
| 1007 break; | |
| 1008 | |
| 449 | 1009 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF |
| 1010 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */ | |
| 1011 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF); | |
| 1012 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1013 #endif | |
| 1014 | |
| 1015 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ | |
| 1016 case K_F1: | |
| 1017 case K_XF1: | |
| 1018 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); | |
| 1019 if (p_im) | |
| 1020 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; | |
| 1021 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 1024 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ | |
| 1025 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 1389 | 1026 i = plain_vgetc(); |
| 449 | 1027 --no_mapping; |
| 1028 netbeans_keycommand(i); | |
| 1029 break; | |
| 1030 #endif | |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ | |
| 7 | 1033 case NUL: |
| 1034 case Ctrl_A: | |
| 449 | 1035 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an |
| 1036 * error. */ | |
| 7 | 1037 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL |
| 1038 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) | |
| 1039 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ | |
| 1040 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1041 break; | |
| 1042 | |
| 449 | 1043 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ |
| 7 | 1044 ins_reg(); |
| 1045 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1046 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1047 break; | |
| 1048 | |
| 449 | 1049 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ |
| 7 | 1050 ins_ctrl_g(); |
| 1051 break; | |
| 1052 | |
| 449 | 1053 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ |
| 1054 ins_ctrl_hat(); | |
| 7 | 1055 break; |
| 1056 | |
| 1057 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 449 | 1058 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ |
| 7 | 1059 if (!p_ari) |
| 1060 goto normalchar; | |
| 1061 ins_ctrl_(); | |
| 1062 break; | |
| 1063 #endif | |
| 1064 | |
| 449 | 1065 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ |
| 7 | 1066 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1067 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 1068 goto docomplete; | |
| 1069 #endif | |
| 1070 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1071 | |
| 449 | 1072 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ |
| 7 | 1073 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1074 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 1075 { | |
| 449 | 1076 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) |
| 1077 goto docomplete; | |
| 1078 break; | |
| 7 | 1079 } |
| 1080 # endif | |
| 1081 ins_shift(c, lastc); | |
| 1082 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1083 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1084 break; | |
| 1085 | |
| 449 | 1086 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1087 case K_KDEL: |
| 1088 ins_del(); | |
| 1089 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1090 break; | |
| 1091 | |
| 449 | 1092 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1093 case Ctrl_H: |
| 1094 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); | |
| 1095 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1096 break; | |
| 1097 | |
| 449 | 1098 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1099 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); |
| 1100 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1101 break; | |
| 1102 | |
| 449 | 1103 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ |
| 12 | 1104 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 1105 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ | |
| 449 | 1106 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) |
| 12 | 1107 goto docomplete; |
| 1108 # endif | |
| 7 | 1109 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); |
| 1110 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1111 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1112 break; | |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 449 | 1115 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ |
| 7 | 1116 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: |
| 1117 case K_LEFTDRAG: | |
| 1118 case K_LEFTRELEASE: | |
| 1119 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: | |
| 1120 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: | |
| 1121 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: | |
| 1122 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: | |
| 1123 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: | |
| 1124 case K_RIGHTDRAG: | |
| 1125 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: | |
| 1126 case K_X1MOUSE: | |
| 1127 case K_X1DRAG: | |
| 1128 case K_X1RELEASE: | |
| 1129 case K_X2MOUSE: | |
| 1130 case K_X2DRAG: | |
| 1131 case K_X2RELEASE: | |
| 1132 ins_mouse(c); | |
| 1133 break; | |
| 1134 | |
| 449 | 1135 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1136 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_DOWN); |
| 7 | 1137 break; |
| 1138 | |
| 449 | 1139 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1140 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_UP); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1141 break; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1142 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1143 case K_MOUSELEFT: /* Scroll wheel left */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1144 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_LEFT); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1145 break; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1146 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1147 case K_MOUSERIGHT: /* Scroll wheel right */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1148 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_RIGHT); |
| 7 | 1149 break; |
| 1150 #endif | |
| 692 | 1151 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 1152 case K_TABLINE: | |
| 1153 case K_TABMENU: | |
| 1154 ins_tabline(c); | |
| 1155 break; | |
| 1156 #endif | |
| 7 | 1157 |
| 449 | 1158 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ |
| 7 | 1159 break; |
| 1160 | |
| 661 | 1161 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1162 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ | |
| 1163 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 1164 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 1165 break; | |
| 1166 #endif | |
| 1167 | |
| 625 | 1168 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 |
| 1169 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was | |
| 1170 * cancelled. */ | |
| 1171 case K_F4: | |
| 1172 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) | |
| 1173 goto normalchar; | |
| 1174 break; | |
| 1175 #endif | |
| 1176 | |
| 7 | 1177 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 1178 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1179 ins_scroll(); | |
| 1180 break; | |
| 1181 | |
| 1182 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1183 ins_horscroll(); | |
| 1184 break; | |
| 1185 #endif | |
| 1186 | |
| 449 | 1187 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ |
| 7 | 1188 case K_KHOME: |
| 1189 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 1190 case K_C_HOME: | |
| 1191 ins_home(c); | |
| 1192 break; | |
| 1193 | |
| 449 | 1194 case K_END: /* <End> */ |
| 7 | 1195 case K_KEND: |
| 1196 case K_S_END: | |
| 1197 case K_C_END: | |
| 1198 ins_end(c); | |
| 1199 break; | |
| 1200 | |
| 449 | 1201 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ |
| 180 | 1202 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1203 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1204 else | |
| 1205 ins_left(); | |
| 7 | 1206 break; |
| 1207 | |
| 449 | 1208 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ |
| 7 | 1209 case K_C_LEFT: |
| 1210 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1211 break; | |
| 1212 | |
| 449 | 1213 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ |
| 180 | 1214 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1215 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1216 else | |
| 1217 ins_right(); | |
| 7 | 1218 break; |
| 1219 | |
| 449 | 1220 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ |
| 7 | 1221 case K_C_RIGHT: |
| 1222 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1223 break; | |
| 1224 | |
| 449 | 1225 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ |
| 665 | 1226 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1227 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1228 goto docomplete; | |
| 1229 #endif | |
| 180 | 1230 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1231 ins_pageup(); | |
| 1232 else | |
| 1233 ins_up(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1234 break; |
| 1235 | |
| 449 | 1236 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ |
| 7 | 1237 case K_PAGEUP: |
| 1238 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 613 | 1239 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1240 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1241 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1242 #endif |
| 7 | 1243 ins_pageup(); |
| 1244 break; | |
| 1245 | |
| 449 | 1246 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ |
| 665 | 1247 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1248 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1249 goto docomplete; | |
| 1250 #endif | |
| 180 | 1251 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1252 ins_pagedown(); | |
| 1253 else | |
| 1254 ins_down(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1255 break; |
| 1256 | |
| 449 | 1257 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ |
| 7 | 1258 case K_PAGEDOWN: |
| 1259 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 613 | 1260 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1261 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1262 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1263 #endif |
| 7 | 1264 ins_pagedown(); |
| 1265 break; | |
| 1266 | |
| 1267 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 449 | 1268 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ |
| 7 | 1269 ins_drop(); |
| 1270 break; | |
| 1271 #endif | |
| 1272 | |
| 449 | 1273 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ |
| 7 | 1274 c = TAB; |
| 1275 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1276 | |
| 449 | 1277 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ |
| 7 | 1278 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1279 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 1280 goto docomplete; | |
| 1281 #endif | |
| 1282 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1283 if (ins_tab()) | |
| 1284 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ | |
| 1285 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1286 break; | |
| 1287 | |
| 449 | 1288 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ |
| 7 | 1289 c = CAR; |
| 1290 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1291 case CAR: | |
| 1292 case NL: | |
| 1293 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) | |
| 1294 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the | |
| 1295 * cursor. */ | |
| 1296 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) | |
| 1297 { | |
| 644 | 1298 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ |
| 1299 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); | |
| 1300 else /* location list window */ | |
| 1301 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); | |
| 7 | 1302 break; |
| 1303 } | |
| 1304 #endif | |
| 1305 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 1306 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 1307 { | |
| 1308 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ | |
| 1309 cmdwin_result = CAR; | |
| 1310 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1311 } | |
| 1312 #endif | |
| 1313 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) | |
| 1314 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ | |
| 1315 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1316 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1317 break; | |
| 1318 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1319 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) |
| 449 | 1320 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ |
| 7 | 1321 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1322 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) | |
| 1323 { | |
| 449 | 1324 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) |
| 1325 goto docomplete; | |
| 1326 break; | |
| 7 | 1327 } |
| 1328 # endif | |
| 1329 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 1330 c = ins_digraph(); | |
| 1331 if (c == NUL) | |
| 1332 break; | |
| 1333 # endif | |
| 1334 goto normalchar; | |
| 449 | 1335 #endif |
| 7 | 1336 |
| 1337 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 464 | 1338 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ |
| 1339 ins_ctrl_x(); | |
| 1340 break; | |
| 1341 | |
| 449 | 1342 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1343 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) |
| 1344 goto normalchar; | |
| 1345 goto docomplete; | |
| 1346 | |
| 449 | 1347 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1348 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) |
| 1349 goto normalchar; | |
| 1350 goto docomplete; | |
| 477 | 1351 |
| 1352 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ | |
| 1353 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 1354 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) | |
| 1355 goto normalchar; | |
| 1356 goto docomplete; | |
| 7 | 1357 #endif |
| 1358 | |
| 449 | 1359 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1360 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1361 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 1362 #endif | |
| 1363 { | |
| 1364 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ | |
| 1365 if (p_im) | |
| 1366 { | |
| 1367 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 1368 break; | |
| 1369 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1370 } | |
| 1371 goto normalchar; | |
| 1372 } | |
| 1373 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1374 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1375 | |
| 449 | 1376 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ |
| 7 | 1377 case Ctrl_N: |
| 1378 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, | |
| 1379 * but it is under other ^X modes */ | |
| 1380 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL | |
| 1381 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 | |
| 449 | 1382 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) |
| 7 | 1383 goto normalchar; |
| 1384 | |
| 1385 docomplete: | |
| 1927 | 1386 compl_busy = TRUE; |
| 7 | 1387 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL) |
| 449 | 1388 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 1927 | 1389 compl_busy = FALSE; |
| 7 | 1390 break; |
| 1391 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 1392 | |
| 449 | 1393 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ |
| 1394 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ | |
| 1395 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); | |
| 7 | 1396 break; |
| 1397 | |
| 1398 default: | |
| 1399 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 1400 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ | |
| 1401 goto do_intr; | |
| 1402 #endif | |
| 1403 | |
| 2845 | 1404 normalchar: |
| 7 | 1405 /* |
| 1406 * Insert a nomal character. | |
| 1407 */ | |
| 2845 | 1408 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1409 if (!p_paste) | |
| 1410 { | |
| 3390 | 1411 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ |
| 1412 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); | |
| 1413 char_u *p; | |
| 1414 | |
| 1415 if (str != NULL) | |
| 2845 | 1416 { |
| 3390 | 1417 if (*str != NUL && stop_arrow() != FAIL) |
| 2845 | 1418 { |
| 3390 | 1419 /* Insert the new value of v:char literally. */ |
| 1420 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 2845 | 1421 { |
| 3390 | 1422 c = PTR2CHAR(p); |
| 1423 if (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) | |
| 1424 ins_eol(c); | |
| 1425 else | |
| 1426 ins_char(c); | |
| 2845 | 1427 } |
| 3390 | 1428 AppendToRedobuffLit(str, -1); |
| 2845 | 1429 } |
| 3390 | 1430 vim_free(str); |
| 1431 c = NUL; | |
| 2845 | 1432 } |
| 1433 | |
| 3390 | 1434 /* If the new value is already inserted or an empty string |
| 1435 * then don't insert any character. */ | |
| 2845 | 1436 if (c == NUL) |
| 1437 break; | |
| 1438 } | |
| 1439 #endif | |
| 7 | 1440 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 1441 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ | |
| 1442 ins_try_si(c); | |
| 1443 #endif | |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 if (c == ' ') | |
| 1446 { | |
| 1447 inserted_space = TRUE; | |
| 1448 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1449 if (inindent(0)) | |
| 1450 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 1451 #endif | |
| 1452 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL | |
| 1453 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 1454 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 1455 } | |
| 1456 | |
| 3448 | 1457 /* Insert a normal character and check for abbreviations on a |
| 1458 * special character. Let CTRL-] expand abbreviations without | |
| 1459 * inserting it. */ | |
| 1460 if (vim_iswordc(c) || (!echeck_abbr( | |
| 7 | 1461 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 1462 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is | |
| 1463 * what check_abbr() expects. */ | |
| 1464 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : | |
| 1465 #endif | |
| 3584 | 1466 c) && c != Ctrl_RSB)) |
| 7 | 1467 { |
| 1468 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1469 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1470 revins_legal++; | |
| 1471 revins_chars++; | |
| 1472 #endif | |
| 1473 } | |
| 1474 | |
| 1475 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1476 | |
| 1477 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1478 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a | |
| 1479 * closed fold. */ | |
| 1480 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 1481 #endif | |
| 1482 break; | |
| 1483 } /* end of switch (c) */ | |
| 1484 | |
| 978 | 1485 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1486 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ | |
| 1487 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) | |
| 1488 did_cursorhold = FALSE; | |
| 1489 #endif | |
| 1490 | |
| 7 | 1491 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ |
| 1492 if (arrow_used) | |
| 1493 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1494 | |
| 1495 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1496 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() | |
| 1497 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1498 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 1499 # endif | |
| 1500 ) | |
| 1501 { | |
| 1502 force_cindent: | |
| 1503 /* | |
| 1504 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 1505 */ | |
| 1506 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) | |
| 1507 { | |
| 1508 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 1509 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 1510 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 1511 } | |
| 1512 } | |
| 1513 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 } /* for (;;) */ | |
| 1516 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
| 1517 } | |
| 1518 | |
| 1519 /* | |
| 1520 * Redraw for Insert mode. | |
| 1521 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' | |
| 1522 * option work correctly. | |
| 1523 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up | |
| 1524 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). | |
| 1525 */ | |
| 1526 static void | |
| 661 | 1527 ins_redraw(ready) |
| 1876 | 1528 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */ |
| 7 | 1529 { |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1530 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1531 linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1532 linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1533 int conceal_update_lines = FALSE; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1534 #endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1535 |
| 7 | 1536 if (!char_avail()) |
| 1537 { | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1538 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
| 794 | 1539 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is |
| 1540 * visible, the command might delete it. */ | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1541 if (ready && ( |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1542 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1543 has_cursormovedI() |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1544 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1545 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1546 || |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1547 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1548 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1549 curwin->w_p_cole > 0 |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1550 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1551 ) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1552 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) |
| 794 | 1553 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1554 && !pum_visible() |
| 794 | 1555 # endif |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1556 ) |
| 661 | 1557 { |
| 1506 | 1558 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 1559 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax | |
| 1560 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting | |
| 1561 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done | |
| 1562 * again below, unfortunately. */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1563 if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) |
| 1506 | 1564 update_screen(0); |
| 1565 # endif | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1566 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1567 if (has_cursormovedI()) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1568 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1569 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1570 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1571 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0) |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1572 { |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1573 conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1574 conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1575 conceal_update_lines = TRUE; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1576 } |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1577 # endif |
| 661 | 1578 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 1579 } | |
| 1580 #endif | |
| 7 | 1581 if (must_redraw) |
| 1582 update_screen(0); | |
| 1583 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
| 1584 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1585 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1586 if ((conceal_update_lines |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1587 && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1588 || conceal_cursor_line(curwin))) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1589 || need_cursor_line_redraw) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1590 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1591 if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1592 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line); |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1593 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1594 ? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line); |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1595 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1596 } |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1597 # endif |
| 7 | 1598 showruler(FALSE); |
| 1599 setcursor(); | |
| 1600 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ | |
| 1601 } | |
| 1602 } | |
| 1603 | |
| 1604 /* | |
| 1605 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. | |
| 1606 */ | |
| 1607 static void | |
| 1608 ins_ctrl_v() | |
| 1609 { | |
| 1610 int c; | |
| 2811 | 1611 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 1612 |
| 1613 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 1614 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 1615 |
| 1616 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 2811 | 1617 { |
| 7 | 1618 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); |
| 2811 | 1619 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 1620 } | |
| 7 | 1621 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ |
| 1622 | |
| 1623 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 1624 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); | |
| 1625 #endif | |
| 1626 | |
| 1627 c = get_literal(); | |
| 2811 | 1628 if (did_putchar) |
| 1629 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start of the next | |
| 1630 * line and will not removed by the redraw */ | |
| 1631 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 7 | 1632 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 1633 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 1634 #endif | |
| 1635 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1636 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1637 revins_chars++; | |
| 1638 revins_legal++; | |
| 1639 #endif | |
| 1640 } | |
| 1641 | |
| 1642 /* | |
| 1643 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. | |
| 1644 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. | |
| 1645 */ | |
| 1646 static int pc_status; | |
| 1647 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ | |
| 1648 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1649 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1650 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ | |
| 1651 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ | |
| 1652 static int pc_attr; | |
| 1653 static int pc_row; | |
| 1654 static int pc_col; | |
| 1655 | |
| 1656 void | |
| 1657 edit_putchar(c, highlight) | |
| 1658 int c; | |
| 1659 int highlight; | |
| 1660 { | |
| 1661 int attr; | |
| 1662 | |
| 1663 if (ScreenLines != NULL) | |
| 1664 { | |
| 1665 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ | |
| 1666 validate_cursor(); | |
| 1667 if (highlight) | |
| 1668 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 1669 else | |
| 1670 attr = 0; | |
| 1671 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; | |
| 1672 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); | |
| 1673 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1674 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 1675 #endif | |
| 1676 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1677 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 1678 { | |
| 1679 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1680 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1681 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1682 { | |
| 1683 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); | |
| 1684 | |
| 1685 if (fix_col != pc_col) | |
| 1686 { | |
| 1687 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); | |
| 1688 --curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1689 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; | |
| 1690 } | |
| 1691 } | |
| 1692 # endif | |
| 1693 } | |
| 1694 else | |
| 1695 #endif | |
| 1696 { | |
| 1697 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1698 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1699 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) | |
| 1700 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; | |
| 1701 #endif | |
| 1702 } | |
| 1703 | |
| 1704 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ | |
| 1705 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1706 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) | |
| 1707 #endif | |
| 1708 { | |
| 1709 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); | |
| 1710 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; | |
| 1711 } | |
| 1712 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); | |
| 1713 } | |
| 1714 } | |
| 1715 | |
| 1716 /* | |
| 1717 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). | |
| 1718 */ | |
| 1719 void | |
| 1720 edit_unputchar() | |
| 1721 { | |
| 1722 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) | |
| 1723 { | |
| 1724 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1725 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) | |
| 1726 ++curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1727 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) | |
| 1728 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1729 else | |
| 1730 #endif | |
| 1731 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); | |
| 1732 } | |
| 1733 } | |
| 1734 | |
| 1735 /* | |
| 1736 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text | |
| 1737 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. | |
| 1738 */ | |
| 1739 void | |
| 1740 display_dollar(col) | |
| 1741 colnr_T col; | |
| 1742 { | |
| 1743 colnr_T save_col; | |
| 1744 | |
| 1745 if (!redrawing()) | |
| 1746 return; | |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 cursor_off(); | |
| 1749 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1750 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 1751 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1752 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1753 { | |
| 1754 char_u *p; | |
| 1755 | |
| 1756 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ | |
| 1757 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1758 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); | |
| 1759 } | |
| 1760 #endif | |
| 1761 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ | |
| 1762 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) | |
| 1763 { | |
| 1764 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); | |
| 1765 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 1766 } | |
| 1767 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; | |
| 1768 } | |
| 1769 | |
| 1770 /* | |
| 1771 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position | |
| 1772 * in insert mode. | |
| 1773 */ | |
| 1774 static void | |
| 1775 undisplay_dollar() | |
| 1776 { | |
| 3318 | 1777 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) |
| 1778 { | |
| 1779 dollar_vcol = -1; | |
| 7 | 1780 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); |
| 1781 } | |
| 1782 } | |
| 1783 | |
| 1784 /* | |
| 1785 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). | |
| 1786 * Keep the cursor on the same character. | |
| 1787 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) | |
| 1788 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) | |
| 1789 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" | |
| 1790 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). | |
| 1791 */ | |
| 1792 void | |
| 1516 | 1793 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes) |
| 7 | 1794 int type; |
| 1795 int amount; | |
| 1796 int round; | |
| 1797 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ | |
| 1516 | 1798 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
| 7 | 1799 { |
| 1800 int vcol; | |
| 1801 int last_vcol; | |
| 1802 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ | |
| 1803 int new_cursor_col; | |
| 1804 int i; | |
| 1805 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1806 int save_p_list; | |
| 1807 int start_col; | |
| 1808 colnr_T vc; | |
| 1809 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1810 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1811 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ | |
| 1814 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1815 { | |
| 1816 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ | |
| 1817 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1818 } | |
| 1819 #endif | |
| 1820 | |
| 1821 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ | |
| 1822 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 1823 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 1824 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 1825 vcol = vc; | |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 /* | |
| 1828 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only | |
| 1829 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of | |
| 1830 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. | |
| 1831 */ | |
| 1832 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ | |
| 1835 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1836 beginline(BL_WHITE); | |
| 1837 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1838 | |
| 1839 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 /* | |
| 1842 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the | |
| 1843 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. | |
| 1844 */ | |
| 1845 if (new_cursor_col < 0) | |
| 1846 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1847 | |
| 1848 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ | |
| 1849 start_col = -1; | |
| 1850 | |
| 1851 /* | |
| 1852 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. | |
| 1853 */ | |
| 1854 if (type == INDENT_SET) | |
| 1516 | 1855 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
| 7 | 1856 else |
| 1857 { | |
| 1858 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1859 int save_State = State; | |
| 1860 | |
| 1861 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ | |
| 1862 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1863 State = INSERT; | |
| 1864 #endif | |
| 1516 | 1865 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); |
| 7 | 1866 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 1867 State = save_State; | |
| 1868 #endif | |
| 1869 } | |
| 1870 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1871 | |
| 1872 /* | |
| 1873 * Try to put cursor on same character. | |
| 1874 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, | |
| 1875 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first | |
| 1876 * non-blank character. | |
| 1877 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. | |
| 1878 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative | |
| 1879 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. | |
| 1880 */ | |
| 1881 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 1882 { | |
| 1883 /* | |
| 1884 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset | |
| 1885 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1886 */ | |
| 1887 if (new_cursor_col == 0) | |
| 1888 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1889 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1890 } | |
| 1891 else if (!(State & INSERT)) | |
| 1892 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1893 else | |
| 1894 { | |
| 1895 /* | |
| 1896 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. | |
| 1897 */ | |
| 1898 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1869 | 1899 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); |
| 7 | 1900 |
| 1901 /* | |
| 1902 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. | |
| 1903 */ | |
| 1904 vcol = last_vcol = 0; | |
| 1905 new_cursor_col = -1; | |
| 1906 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1907 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1908 { | |
| 1909 last_vcol = vcol; | |
| 1910 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1911 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 474 | 1912 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); |
| 7 | 1913 else |
| 1914 #endif | |
| 1915 ++new_cursor_col; | |
| 1916 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
| 1917 } | |
| 1918 vcol = last_vcol; | |
| 1919 | |
| 1920 /* | |
| 1921 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on | |
| 1922 * the right screen column. | |
| 1923 */ | |
| 1924 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1925 { | |
| 1869 | 1926 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 1927 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; |
| 1869 | 1928 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); |
| 7 | 1929 if (ptr != NULL) |
| 1930 { | |
| 1931 new_cursor_col += i; | |
| 1932 ptr[i] = NUL; | |
| 1933 while (--i >= 0) | |
| 1934 ptr[i] = ' '; | |
| 1935 ins_str(ptr); | |
| 1936 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 1937 } | |
| 1938 } | |
| 1939 | |
| 1940 /* | |
| 1941 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset | |
| 1942 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1943 */ | |
| 1944 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1945 } | |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; | |
| 1948 | |
| 1949 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) | |
| 1950 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 1951 else | |
| 1869 | 1952 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 1953 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; |
| 1954 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 1955 | |
| 1956 /* | |
| 1957 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. | |
| 1958 */ | |
| 1959 if (State & INSERT) | |
| 1960 { | |
| 1961 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) | |
| 1962 { | |
| 1963 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) | |
| 1964 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 1965 else | |
| 1966 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; | |
| 1967 } | |
| 1968 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) | |
| 1969 ai_col = 0; | |
| 1970 else | |
| 1971 ai_col -= insstart_less; | |
| 1972 } | |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 /* | |
| 1975 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. | |
| 1976 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a | |
| 1977 * few characters from the replace stack. | |
| 1978 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a | |
| 1979 * few NULs onto the replace stack. | |
| 1980 */ | |
| 1981 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) | |
| 1982 { | |
| 1983 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 1984 { | |
| 1985 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 1986 --start_col; | |
| 1987 } | |
| 1988 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) | |
| 1989 { | |
| 1990 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1991 if (replaced) | |
| 1992 { | |
| 1993 replace_push(replaced); | |
| 1994 replaced = NUL; | |
| 1995 } | |
| 1996 ++start_col; | |
| 1997 } | |
| 1998 } | |
| 1999 | |
| 2000 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 2001 /* | |
| 2002 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case | |
| 2003 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then | |
| 2004 * put it back again the way we wanted it. | |
| 2005 */ | |
| 2006 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2007 { | |
| 2008 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, | |
| 2009 * even if you can't backspace. */ | |
| 2010 if (orig_line == NULL) | |
| 2011 return; | |
| 2012 | |
| 2013 /* Save new line */ | |
| 2014 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 2015 if (new_line == NULL) | |
| 2016 return; | |
| 2017 | |
| 2018 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ | |
| 2019 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 /* Put back original line */ | |
| 2022 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); | |
| 2023 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 2024 | |
| 2025 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ | |
| 2026 backspace_until_column(0); | |
| 2027 | |
| 2028 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
| 2029 ins_bytes(new_line); | |
| 2030 | |
| 2031 vim_free(new_line); | |
| 2032 } | |
| 2033 #endif | |
| 2034 } | |
| 2035 | |
| 2036 /* | |
| 2037 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an | |
| 2038 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 2039 * modes. | |
| 2040 */ | |
| 2041 void | |
| 2042 truncate_spaces(line) | |
| 2043 char_u *line; | |
| 2044 { | |
| 2045 int i; | |
| 2046 | |
| 2047 /* find start of trailing white space */ | |
| 2048 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) | |
| 2049 { | |
| 2050 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2051 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 2052 } | |
| 2053 line[i + 1] = NUL; | |
| 2054 } | |
| 2055 | |
| 2056 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
| 2057 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2058 /* | |
| 2059 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 2060 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. | |
| 1782 | 2061 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing |
| 2062 * character. | |
| 7 | 2063 */ |
| 2064 void | |
| 2065 backspace_until_column(col) | |
| 2066 int col; | |
| 2067 { | |
| 2068 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) | |
| 2069 { | |
| 2070 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
| 2071 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1782 | 2072 replace_do_bs(col); |
| 2073 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) | |
| 2074 break; | |
| 2075 } | |
| 2076 } | |
| 2077 #endif | |
| 2078 | |
| 2079 /* | |
| 2080 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". | |
| 2081 * Only matters when there are composing characters. | |
| 2082 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. | |
| 2083 */ | |
| 2084 static int | |
| 2085 del_char_after_col(limit_col) | |
| 1876 | 2086 int limit_col UNUSED; |
| 1782 | 2087 { |
| 2088 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2089 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) | |
| 2090 { | |
| 1869 | 2091 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; |
| 1782 | 2092 |
| 2093 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but | |
| 2094 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a | |
| 2095 * composing character. */ | |
| 2096 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 1796 | 2097 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) |
| 1782 | 2098 { |
| 2099 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 2100 | |
| 2101 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ | |
| 2102 break; | |
| 2103 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 2104 } | |
| 2105 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) | |
| 2106 return FALSE; | |
| 1869 | 2107 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); |
| 1782 | 2108 } |
| 2109 else | |
| 2110 #endif | |
| 2111 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 2112 return TRUE; | |
| 2113 } | |
| 7 | 2114 |
| 2115 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2116 /* | |
| 449 | 2117 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. |
| 2118 */ | |
| 2119 static void | |
| 2120 ins_ctrl_x() | |
| 2121 { | |
| 2122 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X | |
| 2123 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ | |
| 2124 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 2125 { | |
| 2126 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset | |
| 2127 * compl_cont_status */ | |
| 2128 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) | |
| 665 | 2129 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; |
| 449 | 2130 else |
| 2131 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 2132 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ | |
| 2133 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; | |
| 2134 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 2135 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 2136 showmode(); | |
| 2137 } | |
| 2138 } | |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 /* | |
| 2141 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. | |
| 2142 */ | |
| 2143 static int | |
| 2144 has_compl_option(dict_opt) | |
| 2145 int dict_opt; | |
| 2146 { | |
| 703 | 2147 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL |
| 744 | 2148 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 2149 && !curwin->w_p_spell | |
| 2150 # endif | |
| 2151 ) | |
| 449 | 2152 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) |
| 2153 { | |
| 2154 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 2155 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 2156 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") | |
| 2157 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), | |
| 2158 hl_attr(HLF_E)); | |
| 2159 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 2160 { | |
| 2161 vim_beep(); | |
| 2162 setcursor(); | |
| 2163 out_flush(); | |
| 2164 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); | |
| 2165 } | |
| 2166 return FALSE; | |
| 2167 } | |
| 2168 return TRUE; | |
| 2169 } | |
| 2170 | |
| 2171 /* | |
| 7 | 2172 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? |
| 2173 * This depends on the current mode. | |
| 2174 */ | |
| 2175 int | |
| 2176 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) | |
| 2177 int c; | |
| 2178 { | |
| 2179 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ | |
| 2180 if (c == Ctrl_R) | |
| 2181 return TRUE; | |
| 2182 | |
| 610 | 2183 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ |
| 644 | 2184 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) |
| 610 | 2185 return TRUE; |
| 2186 | |
| 7 | 2187 switch (ctrl_x_mode) |
| 2188 { | |
| 2189 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ | |
| 2190 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 2191 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: | |
| 449 | 2192 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E |
| 7 | 2193 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB |
| 2194 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P | |
| 2195 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V | |
| 477 | 2196 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O |
| 3229 | 2197 || c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_K || c == 's'); |
| 7 | 2198 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: |
| 2199 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); | |
| 2200 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2201 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2202 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2203 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2204 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 2205 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2206 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 2207 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2208 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 2209 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2210 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 2211 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 2212 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2213 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 2214 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2215 #endif | |
| 2216 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2217 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N | |
| 2218 || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 12 | 2219 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 2220 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 449 | 2221 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 523 | 2222 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 449 | 2223 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 502 | 2224 #endif |
| 477 | 2225 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 2226 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 7 | 2227 } |
| 2228 EMSG(_(e_internal)); | |
| 2229 return FALSE; | |
| 2230 } | |
| 2231 | |
| 2232 /* | |
| 1430 | 2233 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being |
| 2234 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu | |
| 2235 * is visible. | |
| 2236 */ | |
| 2237 static int | |
| 2238 ins_compl_accept_char(c) | |
| 2239 int c; | |
| 2240 { | |
| 2241 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 2242 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ | |
| 2243 return vim_isIDc(c); | |
| 2244 | |
| 2245 switch (ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 2246 { | |
| 2247 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2248 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not | |
| 2249 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in | |
| 2250 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ | |
| 2251 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); | |
| 2252 | |
| 2253 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2254 case CTRL_X_OMNI: | |
| 2255 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any | |
| 2256 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ | |
| 2257 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); | |
| 2258 | |
| 2259 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2260 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ | |
| 2261 return vim_isprintc(c); | |
| 2262 } | |
| 2263 return vim_iswordc(c); | |
| 2264 } | |
| 2265 | |
| 2266 /* | |
| 659 | 2267 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the |
| 7 | 2268 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed |
| 1219 | 2269 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted |
| 7 | 2270 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb |
| 2271 */ | |
| 2272 int | |
| 681 | 2273 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags) |
| 7 | 2274 char_u *str; |
| 2275 int len; | |
| 681 | 2276 int icase; |
| 7 | 2277 char_u *fname; |
| 2278 int dir; | |
| 464 | 2279 int flags; |
| 7 | 2280 { |
| 1353 | 2281 char_u *p; |
| 2282 int i, c; | |
| 2283 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ | |
| 2284 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ | |
| 2177 | 2285 int min_len; |
| 2004 | 2286 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ |
| 7 | 2287 int has_lower = FALSE; |
| 2288 int was_letter = FALSE; | |
| 1353 | 2289 |
| 1436 | 2290 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) |
| 1353 | 2291 { |
| 2292 /* Infer case of completed part. */ | |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 /* Find actual length of completion. */ | |
| 2295 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2296 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2297 { | |
| 2298 p = str; | |
| 2299 actual_len = 0; | |
| 2300 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 2301 { | |
| 2302 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2303 ++actual_len; | |
| 2304 } | |
| 2305 } | |
| 2306 else | |
| 2307 #endif | |
| 2308 actual_len = len; | |
| 2309 | |
| 2310 /* Find actual length of original text. */ | |
| 2311 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2312 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2313 { | |
| 2314 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2315 actual_compl_length = 0; | |
| 2316 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 7 | 2317 { |
| 1353 | 2318 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
| 2319 ++actual_compl_length; | |
| 2320 } | |
| 2321 } | |
| 2322 else | |
| 2323 #endif | |
| 2324 actual_compl_length = compl_length; | |
| 2325 | |
| 2177 | 2326 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using |
| 2327 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ | |
| 2328 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length | |
| 2329 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; | |
| 2330 | |
| 1353 | 2331 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ |
| 1869 | 2332 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); |
| 1353 | 2333 if (wca != NULL) |
| 2334 { | |
| 2335 p = str; | |
| 2336 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2337 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2338 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2339 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2340 else | |
| 2341 #endif | |
| 2342 wca[i] = *(p++); | |
| 2343 | |
| 2344 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ | |
| 2345 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2346 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2347 { |
| 2348 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2349 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2350 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2351 else | |
| 2352 #endif | |
| 2353 c = *(p++); | |
| 2354 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 7 | 2355 { |
| 1353 | 2356 has_lower = TRUE; |
| 2357 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) | |
| 2358 { | |
| 2359 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2360 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2361 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2362 break; | |
| 2363 } | |
| 7 | 2364 } |
| 2365 } | |
| 1353 | 2366 |
| 2367 /* | |
| 2368 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to | |
| 2369 * upper case. | |
| 2370 */ | |
| 2371 if (!has_lower) | |
| 2372 { | |
| 2373 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2374 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2375 { |
| 2376 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2377 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2378 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2379 else | |
| 2380 #endif | |
| 2381 c = *(p++); | |
| 2382 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) | |
| 2383 { | |
| 2384 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2385 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2386 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 2387 break; | |
| 2388 } | |
| 2389 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); | |
| 2390 } | |
| 2391 } | |
| 2392 | |
| 2393 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ | |
| 2394 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2395 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 7 | 2396 { |
| 1353 | 2397 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 2398 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2399 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2400 else | |
| 2401 #endif | |
| 2402 c = *(p++); | |
| 2403 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 2404 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2405 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
| 2406 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 7 | 2407 } |
| 1353 | 2408 |
| 1436 | 2409 /* |
| 1353 | 2410 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. |
| 2411 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than | |
| 2412 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay | |
| 2413 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. | |
| 2414 */ | |
| 2415 p = IObuff; | |
| 2416 i = 0; | |
| 2417 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) | |
| 2418 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2419 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1446 | 2420 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); |
| 1353 | 2421 else |
| 2422 #endif | |
| 2423 *(p++) = wca[i++]; | |
| 2424 *p = NUL; | |
| 2425 | |
| 2426 vim_free(wca); | |
| 2427 } | |
| 7 | 2428 |
| 841 | 2429 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, |
| 2430 flags, FALSE); | |
| 2431 } | |
| 2432 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); | |
| 7 | 2433 } |
| 2434 | |
| 2435 /* | |
| 2436 * Add a match to the list of matches. | |
| 2437 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 464 | 2438 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, |
| 681 | 2439 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. |
| 7 | 2440 */ |
| 841 | 2441 static int |
| 944 | 2442 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup) |
| 7 | 2443 char_u *str; |
| 2444 int len; | |
| 681 | 2445 int icase; |
| 7 | 2446 char_u *fname; |
| 841 | 2447 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ |
| 659 | 2448 int cdir; |
| 464 | 2449 int flags; |
| 944 | 2450 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */ |
| 7 | 2451 { |
| 464 | 2452 compl_T *match; |
| 659 | 2453 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); |
| 7 | 2454 |
| 2455 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 2456 if (got_int) | |
| 464 | 2457 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2458 if (len < 0) |
| 2459 len = (int)STRLEN(str); | |
| 2460 | |
| 2461 /* | |
| 2462 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. | |
| 2463 */ | |
| 944 | 2464 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) |
| 449 | 2465 { |
| 2466 match = compl_first_match; | |
| 7 | 2467 do |
| 2468 { | |
| 464 | 2469 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 989 | 2470 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 |
| 464 | 2471 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) |
| 2472 return NOTDONE; | |
| 2473 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 449 | 2474 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 2475 } |
| 2476 | |
| 540 | 2477 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ |
| 2478 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2479 | |
| 7 | 2480 /* |
| 2481 * Allocate a new match structure. | |
| 2482 * Copy the values to the new match structure. | |
| 2483 */ | |
| 659 | 2484 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); |
| 7 | 2485 if (match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2486 return FAIL; |
| 2487 match->cp_number = -1; | |
| 2488 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2489 match->cp_number = 0; | |
| 694 | 2490 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) |
| 7 | 2491 { |
| 2492 vim_free(match); | |
| 464 | 2493 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2494 } |
| 681 | 2495 match->cp_icase = icase; |
| 659 | 2496 |
| 7 | 2497 /* match-fname is: |
| 464 | 2498 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. |
| 7 | 2499 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. |
| 2500 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ | |
| 659 | 2501 if (fname != NULL |
| 829 | 2502 && compl_curr_match != NULL |
| 659 | 2503 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL |
| 2504 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) | |
| 464 | 2505 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; |
| 659 | 2506 else if (fname != NULL) |
| 2507 { | |
| 2508 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
| 464 | 2509 flags |= FREE_FNAME; |
| 659 | 2510 } |
| 7 | 2511 else |
| 464 | 2512 match->cp_fname = NULL; |
| 2513 match->cp_flags = flags; | |
| 786 | 2514 |
| 2515 if (cptext != NULL) | |
| 2516 { | |
| 2517 int i; | |
| 2518 | |
| 2519 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) | |
| 2520 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) | |
| 2521 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); | |
| 2522 } | |
| 7 | 2523 |
| 2524 /* | |
| 2525 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. | |
| 2526 */ | |
| 449 | 2527 if (compl_first_match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2528 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; |
| 7 | 2529 else if (dir == FORWARD) |
| 2530 { | |
| 464 | 2531 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 2532 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; | |
| 7 | 2533 } |
| 2534 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 2535 { | |
| 464 | 2536 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; |
| 2537 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; | |
| 2538 } | |
| 2539 if (match->cp_next) | |
| 2540 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; | |
| 2541 if (match->cp_prev) | |
| 2542 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; | |
| 7 | 2543 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ |
| 449 | 2544 compl_first_match = match; |
| 2545 compl_curr_match = match; | |
| 7 | 2546 |
| 665 | 2547 /* |
| 2548 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. | |
| 2549 */ | |
| 2550 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 2551 ins_compl_longest_match(match); | |
| 2552 | |
| 7 | 2553 return OK; |
| 2554 } | |
| 2555 | |
| 2556 /* | |
| 681 | 2557 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering |
| 2558 * match->cp_icase. | |
| 2559 */ | |
| 2560 static int | |
| 2561 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len) | |
| 2562 compl_T *match; | |
| 2563 char_u *str; | |
| 2564 int len; | |
| 2565 { | |
| 2566 if (match->cp_icase) | |
| 2567 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2568 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2569 } | |
| 2570 | |
| 2571 /* | |
| 665 | 2572 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". |
| 2573 */ | |
| 2574 static void | |
| 2575 ins_compl_longest_match(match) | |
| 2576 compl_T *match; | |
| 2577 { | |
| 2578 char_u *p, *s; | |
| 681 | 2579 int c1, c2; |
| 665 | 2580 int had_match; |
| 2581 | |
| 2582 if (compl_leader == NULL) | |
| 842 | 2583 { |
| 665 | 2584 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ |
| 2585 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); | |
| 842 | 2586 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 2587 { | |
| 2588 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2589 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2590 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 842 | 2591 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2592 | |
| 2593 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2594 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2595 if (!had_match) | |
| 2596 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2597 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2598 } | |
| 2599 } | |
| 665 | 2600 else |
| 2601 { | |
| 2602 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ | |
| 681 | 2603 p = compl_leader; |
| 2604 s = match->cp_str; | |
| 2605 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 665 | 2606 { |
| 2607 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2608 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2609 { | |
| 681 | 2610 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); |
| 2611 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); | |
| 665 | 2612 } |
| 2613 else | |
| 2614 #endif | |
| 2615 { | |
| 681 | 2616 c1 = *p; |
| 2617 c2 = *s; | |
| 2618 } | |
| 2619 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) | |
| 2620 : (c1 != c2)) | |
| 2621 break; | |
| 2622 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2623 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2624 { | |
| 2625 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2626 mb_ptr_adv(s); | |
| 2627 } | |
| 2628 else | |
| 2629 #endif | |
| 2630 { | |
| 2631 ++p; | |
| 2632 ++s; | |
| 665 | 2633 } |
| 2634 } | |
| 2635 | |
| 2636 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 2637 { | |
| 2638 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ | |
| 2639 *p = NUL; | |
| 2640 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2641 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2642 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 2643 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2644 | |
| 2645 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2646 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2647 if (!had_match) | |
| 2648 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2649 } | |
| 2650 | |
| 2651 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2652 } | |
| 2653 } | |
| 2654 | |
| 2655 /* | |
| 7 | 2656 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. |
| 2657 * Frees matches[]. | |
| 2658 */ | |
| 2659 static void | |
| 681 | 2660 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase) |
| 7 | 2661 int num_matches; |
| 2662 char_u **matches; | |
| 681 | 2663 int icase; |
| 7 | 2664 { |
| 2665 int i; | |
| 2666 int add_r = OK; | |
| 659 | 2667 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 2668 |
| 464 | 2669 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) |
| 681 | 2670 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, |
| 841 | 2671 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) |
| 7 | 2672 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ |
| 659 | 2673 dir = FORWARD; |
| 7 | 2674 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); |
| 2675 } | |
| 2676 | |
| 2677 /* Make the completion list cyclic. | |
| 2678 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). | |
| 2679 */ | |
| 2680 static int | |
| 2681 ins_compl_make_cyclic() | |
| 2682 { | |
| 464 | 2683 compl_T *match; |
| 7 | 2684 int count = 0; |
| 2685 | |
| 449 | 2686 if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 7 | 2687 { |
| 2688 /* | |
| 2689 * Find the end of the list. | |
| 2690 */ | |
| 449 | 2691 match = compl_first_match; |
| 2692 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ | |
| 464 | 2693 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) |
| 2694 { | |
| 2695 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 7 | 2696 ++count; |
| 2697 } | |
| 464 | 2698 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; |
| 2699 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; | |
| 7 | 2700 } |
| 2701 return count; | |
| 2702 } | |
| 2703 | |
| 724 | 2704 /* |
| 2705 * Start completion for the complete() function. | |
| 2706 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). | |
| 2707 * "list" is the list of matches. | |
| 2708 */ | |
| 2709 void | |
| 2710 set_completion(startcol, list) | |
| 1869 | 2711 colnr_T startcol; |
| 724 | 2712 list_T *list; |
| 2713 { | |
| 2714 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ | |
| 2715 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 2716 ins_compl_prep(' '); | |
| 2717 ins_compl_clear(); | |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 2720 return; | |
| 2721 | |
| 2632 | 2722 compl_direction = FORWARD; |
| 1869 | 2723 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) |
| 724 | 2724 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 2725 compl_col = startcol; | |
| 1869 | 2726 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; |
| 724 | 2727 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ |
| 2728 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 2729 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 2730 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 724 | 2731 return; |
| 2732 | |
| 2733 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */ | |
| 2734 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
| 2735 | |
| 2736 ins_compl_add_list(list); | |
| 2737 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
| 2738 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 2739 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 929 | 2740 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 724 | 2741 |
| 2742 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; | |
| 2743 ins_complete(Ctrl_N); | |
| 2744 out_flush(); | |
| 2745 } | |
| 2746 | |
| 2747 | |
| 574 | 2748 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the |
| 2749 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 659 | 2750 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; |
| 540 | 2751 static int compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2752 | |
| 2753 /* | |
| 2754 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. | |
| 2755 */ | |
| 2756 static void | |
| 2757 ins_compl_upd_pum() | |
| 2758 { | |
| 2759 int h; | |
| 2760 | |
| 2761 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2762 { | |
| 2763 h = curwin->w_cline_height; | |
| 2764 update_screen(0); | |
| 2765 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) | |
| 2766 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2767 } | |
| 2768 } | |
| 2769 | |
| 2770 /* | |
| 2771 * Remove any popup menu. | |
| 2772 */ | |
| 2773 static void | |
| 2774 ins_compl_del_pum() | |
| 2775 { | |
| 2776 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2777 { | |
| 2778 pum_undisplay(); | |
| 2779 vim_free(compl_match_array); | |
| 2780 compl_match_array = NULL; | |
| 2781 } | |
| 2782 } | |
| 2783 | |
| 2784 /* | |
| 2785 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. | |
| 2786 */ | |
| 2787 static int | |
| 2788 pum_wanted() | |
| 2789 { | |
| 707 | 2790 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ |
| 665 | 2791 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) |
| 540 | 2792 return FALSE; |
| 2793 | |
| 2794 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ | |
| 2795 if (t_colors < 8 | |
| 2796 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2797 && !gui.in_use | |
| 2798 #endif | |
| 2799 ) | |
| 2800 return FALSE; | |
| 657 | 2801 return TRUE; |
| 2802 } | |
| 2803 | |
| 2804 /* | |
| 2805 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. | |
| 707 | 2806 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". |
| 657 | 2807 */ |
| 2808 static int | |
| 707 | 2809 pum_enough_matches() |
| 657 | 2810 { |
| 2811 compl_T *compl; | |
| 2812 int i; | |
| 540 | 2813 |
| 2814 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only | |
| 2815 * one (ignoring the original text). */ | |
| 2816 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2817 i = 0; | |
| 2818 do | |
| 2819 { | |
| 2820 if (compl == NULL | |
| 2821 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) | |
| 2822 break; | |
| 2823 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2824 } while (compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 2825 | |
| 707 | 2826 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) |
| 2827 return (i >= 1); | |
| 540 | 2828 return (i >= 2); |
| 2829 } | |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 /* | |
| 2832 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. | |
| 659 | 2833 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. |
| 540 | 2834 */ |
| 648 | 2835 void |
| 540 | 2836 ins_compl_show_pum() |
| 2837 { | |
| 2838 compl_T *compl; | |
| 659 | 2839 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; |
| 2840 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; | |
| 2841 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; | |
| 540 | 2842 int i; |
| 2843 int cur = -1; | |
| 2844 colnr_T col; | |
| 657 | 2845 int lead_len = 0; |
| 2846 | |
| 707 | 2847 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) |
| 540 | 2848 return; |
| 2849 | |
| 794 | 2850 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 2851 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ | |
| 2852 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); | |
| 2853 #endif | |
| 2854 | |
| 540 | 2855 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ |
| 2856 update_screen(0); | |
| 2857 | |
| 2858 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 2859 { | |
| 2860 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ | |
| 2861 compl_match_arraysize = 0; | |
| 2862 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 657 | 2863 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 835 | 2864 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); |
| 540 | 2865 do |
| 2866 { | |
| 657 | 2867 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2868 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2869 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2870 ++compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2871 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2872 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 657 | 2873 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) |
| 2874 return; | |
| 659 | 2875 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( |
| 2876 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) | |
| 540 | 2877 * compl_match_arraysize)); |
| 2878 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2879 { | |
| 829 | 2880 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first |
| 2881 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ | |
| 2882 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2883 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2884 | |
| 540 | 2885 i = 0; |
| 2886 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2887 do | |
| 2888 { | |
| 657 | 2889 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2890 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2891 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2892 { |
| 659 | 2893 if (!shown_match_ok) |
| 2894 { | |
| 2895 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) | |
| 2896 { | |
| 2897 /* This item is the shown match or this is the | |
| 2898 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ | |
| 2899 compl_shown_match = compl; | |
| 2900 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 2901 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2902 } | |
| 2903 else | |
| 2904 /* Remember this displayed match for when the | |
| 2905 * shown match is just below it. */ | |
| 2906 shown_compl = compl; | |
| 540 | 2907 cur = i; |
| 659 | 2908 } |
| 786 | 2909 |
| 2910 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) | |
| 2911 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = | |
| 2912 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; | |
| 2913 else | |
| 2914 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; | |
| 2915 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; | |
| 2916 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; | |
| 2917 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) | |
| 2918 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = | |
| 2919 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; | |
| 659 | 2920 else |
| 2921 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; | |
| 2922 } | |
| 2923 | |
| 2924 if (compl == compl_shown_match) | |
| 2925 { | |
| 2926 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 716 | 2927 |
| 2928 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set | |
| 2929 * compl_shown_match. */ | |
| 2930 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2931 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2932 | |
| 659 | 2933 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) |
| 2934 { | |
| 2935 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the | |
| 2936 * previously displayed match. */ | |
| 2937 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; | |
| 2938 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2939 } | |
| 540 | 2940 } |
| 2941 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2942 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 659 | 2943 |
| 2944 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ | |
| 2945 cur = -1; | |
| 540 | 2946 } |
| 2947 } | |
| 2948 else | |
| 2949 { | |
| 2950 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ | |
| 657 | 2951 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) |
| 786 | 2952 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str |
| 2953 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text | |
| 2954 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) | |
| 829 | 2955 { |
| 2956 cur = i; | |
| 657 | 2957 break; |
| 829 | 2958 } |
| 540 | 2959 } |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2962 { | |
| 2963 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. | |
| 2964 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ | |
| 2965 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2966 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; | |
| 732 | 2967 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); |
| 540 | 2968 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; |
| 2969 } | |
| 2970 } | |
| 2971 | |
| 7 | 2972 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ |
| 2973 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ | |
| 648 | 2974 |
| 7 | 2975 /* |
| 703 | 2976 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary |
| 2977 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. | |
| 7 | 2978 */ |
| 2979 static void | |
| 703 | 2980 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus) |
| 2981 char_u *dict_start; | |
| 7 | 2982 char_u *pat; |
| 667 | 2983 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ |
| 703 | 2984 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */ |
| 2985 { | |
| 2986 char_u *dict = dict_start; | |
| 7 | 2987 char_u *ptr; |
| 2988 char_u *buf; | |
| 2989 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 2990 char_u **files; | |
| 2991 int count; | |
| 2992 int save_p_scs; | |
| 659 | 2993 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 2994 |
| 703 | 2995 if (*dict == NUL) |
| 2996 { | |
| 744 | 2997 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 2998 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use |
| 2999 * "spell". */ | |
| 3000 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) | |
| 3001 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; | |
| 3002 else | |
| 3003 #endif | |
| 3004 return; | |
| 3005 } | |
| 3006 | |
| 7 | 3007 buf = alloc(LSIZE); |
| 703 | 3008 if (buf == NULL) |
| 3009 return; | |
| 1074 | 3010 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ |
| 703 | 3011 |
| 7 | 3012 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ |
| 3013 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 3014 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) | |
| 3015 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 3016 |
| 3017 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern | |
| 3018 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the | |
| 842 | 3019 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ |
| 667 | 3020 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 3021 { | |
| 842 | 3022 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); |
| 1869 | 3023 size_t len; |
| 842 | 3024 |
| 3025 if (pat_esc == NULL) | |
| 1159 | 3026 goto theend; |
| 1869 | 3027 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; |
| 3028 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); | |
| 667 | 3029 if (ptr == NULL) |
| 842 | 3030 { |
| 3031 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 1074 | 3032 goto theend; |
| 842 | 3033 } |
| 1869 | 3034 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); |
| 842 | 3035 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); |
| 3036 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 667 | 3037 vim_free(ptr); |
| 3038 } | |
| 3039 else | |
| 703 | 3040 { |
| 667 | 3041 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); |
| 703 | 3042 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
| 3043 goto theend; | |
| 3044 } | |
| 667 | 3045 |
| 7 | 3046 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ |
| 3047 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); | |
| 703 | 3048 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) |
| 7 | 3049 { |
| 3050 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ | |
| 3051 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) | |
| 3052 { | |
| 3053 count = 1; | |
| 3054 files = &dict; | |
| 3055 } | |
| 3056 else | |
| 3057 { | |
| 3058 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow | |
| 3059 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in | |
| 3060 * a modeline). */ | |
| 3061 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
| 744 | 3062 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3063 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) |
| 3064 count = -1; | |
| 744 | 3065 else |
| 3066 # endif | |
| 3067 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL | |
| 7 | 3068 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, |
| 3069 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) | |
| 3070 count = 0; | |
| 3071 } | |
| 3072 | |
| 744 | 3073 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3074 if (count == -1) |
| 3075 { | |
| 712 | 3076 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we |
| 3077 * don't use it as a RE. */ | |
| 703 | 3078 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') |
| 3079 ptr = pat + 2; | |
| 3080 else | |
| 3081 ptr = pat; | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
3082 spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); |
| 703 | 3083 } |
| 3084 else | |
| 744 | 3085 # endif |
| 938 | 3086 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ |
| 703 | 3087 { |
| 3088 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, | |
| 3089 ®match, buf, &dir); | |
| 7 | 3090 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) |
| 703 | 3091 FreeWild(count, files); |
| 3092 } | |
| 3093 if (flags != 0) | |
| 7 | 3094 break; |
| 3095 } | |
| 703 | 3096 |
| 3097 theend: | |
| 7 | 3098 p_scs = save_p_scs; |
| 3099 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 3100 vim_free(buf); | |
| 3101 } | |
| 3102 | |
| 703 | 3103 static void |
| 3104 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir) | |
| 3105 int count; | |
| 3106 char_u **files; | |
| 3107 int thesaurus; | |
| 3108 int flags; | |
| 3109 regmatch_T *regmatch; | |
| 3110 char_u *buf; | |
| 3111 int *dir; | |
| 3112 { | |
| 3113 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3114 int i; | |
| 3115 FILE *fp; | |
| 3116 int add_r; | |
| 3117 | |
| 3118 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) | |
| 3119 { | |
| 3120 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ | |
| 3121 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) | |
| 3122 { | |
| 3123 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, | |
| 3124 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); | |
| 1869 | 3125 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 703 | 3126 } |
| 3127 | |
| 3128 if (fp != NULL) | |
| 3129 { | |
| 3130 /* | |
| 3131 * Read dictionary file line by line. | |
| 3132 * Check each line for a match. | |
| 3133 */ | |
| 3134 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted | |
| 3135 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) | |
| 3136 { | |
| 3137 ptr = buf; | |
| 3138 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) | |
| 3139 { | |
| 3140 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; | |
| 3141 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 3142 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); | |
| 3143 else | |
| 3144 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 3145 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], | |
| 3146 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), | |
| 942 | 3147 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); |
| 703 | 3148 if (thesaurus) |
| 3149 { | |
| 3150 char_u *wstart; | |
| 3151 | |
| 3152 /* | |
| 3153 * Add the other matches on the line | |
| 3154 */ | |
| 1353 | 3155 ptr = buf; |
| 703 | 3156 while (!got_int) |
| 3157 { | |
| 3158 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white | |
| 3159 * space and punctuation. */ | |
| 3160 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); | |
| 3161 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) | |
| 3162 break; | |
| 3163 wstart = ptr; | |
| 3164 | |
| 1353 | 3165 /* Find end of the word. */ |
| 703 | 3166 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3167 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3168 /* Japanese words may have characters in | |
| 3169 * different classes, only separate words | |
| 3170 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ | |
| 3171 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3172 { | |
| 3173 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3176 break; | |
| 3177 ptr += l; | |
| 3178 } | |
| 3179 else | |
| 3180 #endif | |
| 3181 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 1353 | 3182 |
| 3183 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ | |
| 3184 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) | |
| 3185 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, | |
| 3186 (int)(ptr - wstart), | |
| 3187 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); | |
| 703 | 3188 } |
| 3189 } | |
| 3190 if (add_r == OK) | |
| 3191 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 3192 *dir = FORWARD; | |
| 3193 else if (add_r == FAIL) | |
| 3194 break; | |
| 3195 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end | |
| 3196 * of line */ | |
| 3197 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) | |
| 3198 break; | |
| 3199 } | |
| 3200 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 3201 ins_compl_check_keys(50); | |
| 3202 } | |
| 3203 fclose(fp); | |
| 3204 } | |
| 3205 } | |
| 3206 } | |
| 3207 | |
| 7 | 3208 /* |
| 3209 * Find the start of the next word. | |
| 3210 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. | |
| 3211 */ | |
| 3212 char_u * | |
| 3213 find_word_start(ptr) | |
| 3214 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3215 { | |
| 3216 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3217 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3218 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) | |
| 474 | 3219 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3220 else |
| 3221 #endif | |
| 3222 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3223 ++ptr; | |
| 3224 return ptr; | |
| 3225 } | |
| 3226 | |
| 3227 /* | |
| 3228 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. | |
| 3229 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. | |
| 3230 */ | |
| 3231 char_u * | |
| 3232 find_word_end(ptr) | |
| 3233 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3234 { | |
| 3235 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3236 int start_class; | |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3239 { | |
| 3240 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); | |
| 3241 if (start_class > 1) | |
| 3242 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3243 { | |
| 474 | 3244 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3245 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) |
| 3246 break; | |
| 3247 } | |
| 3248 } | |
| 3249 else | |
| 3250 #endif | |
| 3251 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3252 ++ptr; | |
| 3253 return ptr; | |
| 3254 } | |
| 3255 | |
| 3256 /* | |
| 667 | 3257 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. |
| 3258 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. | |
| 3259 */ | |
| 3260 static char_u * | |
| 3261 find_line_end(ptr) | |
| 3262 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3263 { | |
| 3264 char_u *s; | |
| 3265 | |
| 3266 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 3267 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) | |
| 3268 --s; | |
| 3269 return s; | |
| 3270 } | |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 /* | |
| 7 | 3273 * Free the list of completions |
| 3274 */ | |
| 3275 static void | |
| 3276 ins_compl_free() | |
| 3277 { | |
| 464 | 3278 compl_T *match; |
| 786 | 3279 int i; |
| 7 | 3280 |
| 449 | 3281 vim_free(compl_pattern); |
| 3282 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3283 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3284 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 449 | 3285 |
| 3286 if (compl_first_match == NULL) | |
| 7 | 3287 return; |
| 540 | 3288 |
| 3289 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3290 pum_clear(); | |
| 3291 | |
| 449 | 3292 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; |
| 7 | 3293 do |
| 3294 { | |
| 449 | 3295 match = compl_curr_match; |
| 464 | 3296 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 3297 vim_free(match->cp_str); | |
| 7 | 3298 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ |
| 464 | 3299 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) |
| 3300 vim_free(match->cp_fname); | |
| 786 | 3301 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) |
| 3302 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); | |
| 7 | 3303 vim_free(match); |
| 449 | 3304 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); |
| 3305 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 1927 | 3306 compl_shown_match = NULL; |
| 7 | 3307 } |
| 3308 | |
| 3309 static void | |
| 3310 ins_compl_clear() | |
| 3311 { | |
| 449 | 3312 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3313 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3314 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3315 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 3316 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3317 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3318 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 7 | 3319 edit_submode_extra = NULL; |
| 724 | 3320 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 3321 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 825 | 3322 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3323 } |
| 3324 | |
| 3325 /* | |
| 674 | 3326 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. |
| 3327 */ | |
| 3328 int | |
| 3329 ins_compl_active() | |
| 3330 { | |
| 3331 return compl_started; | |
| 3332 } | |
| 3333 | |
| 3334 /* | |
| 659 | 3335 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches |
| 3336 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. | |
| 836 | 3337 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char |
| 3338 * to be got from the user. | |
| 657 | 3339 */ |
| 3340 static int | |
| 3341 ins_compl_bs() | |
| 3342 { | |
| 3343 char_u *line; | |
| 3344 char_u *p; | |
| 3345 | |
| 836 | 3346 line = ml_get_curline(); |
| 3347 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 3348 mb_ptr_back(line, p); | |
| 3349 | |
| 1430 | 3350 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion |
| 3351 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ | |
| 3352 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 | |
| 3353 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 | |
| 3354 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0)) | |
| 836 | 3355 return K_BS; |
| 3356 | |
| 874 | 3357 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish |
| 3358 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ | |
| 3359 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length | |
| 3078 | 3360 || ins_compl_need_restart()) |
| 874 | 3361 ins_compl_restart(); |
| 657 | 3362 |
| 3363 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
| 835 | 3364 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); |
| 657 | 3365 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 3366 { | |
| 874 | 3367 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
| 3368 return NUL; | |
| 3369 } | |
| 3370 return K_BS; | |
| 3371 } | |
| 3372 | |
| 3373 /* | |
| 3078 | 3374 * Return TRUE when we need to find matches again, ins_compl_restart() is to |
| 3375 * be called. | |
| 3376 */ | |
| 3377 static int | |
| 3378 ins_compl_need_restart() | |
| 3379 { | |
| 3380 /* Return TRUE if we didn't complete finding matches or when the | |
| 3381 * 'completefunc' returned "always" in the "refresh" dictionary item. */ | |
| 3382 return compl_was_interrupted | |
| 3383 || ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) | |
| 3384 && compl_opt_refresh_always); | |
| 3385 } | |
| 3386 | |
| 3387 /* | |
| 874 | 3388 * Called after changing "compl_leader". |
| 3389 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. | |
| 3390 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. | |
| 3391 */ | |
| 3392 static void | |
| 3393 ins_compl_new_leader() | |
| 3394 { | |
| 3395 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3396 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 3397 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 874 | 3398 compl_used_match = FALSE; |
| 3399 | |
| 3400 if (compl_started) | |
| 3401 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); | |
| 3402 else | |
| 3403 { | |
| 826 | 3404 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 874 | 3405 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ |
| 3406 #endif | |
| 3407 /* | |
| 3408 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display | |
| 3409 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to | |
| 3410 * avoid that the first match is inserted. | |
| 3411 */ | |
| 3412 update_screen(0); | |
| 3413 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3414 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 3415 { | |
| 3416 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 3417 setcursor(); | |
| 3418 out_flush(); | |
| 3419 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 3420 } | |
| 3421 #endif | |
| 3422 compl_restarting = TRUE; | |
| 3423 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL) | |
| 3424 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3425 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 3426 } | |
| 3427 | |
| 887 | 3428 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; |
| 874 | 3429 |
| 3430 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ | |
| 3431 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 947 | 3432 |
| 3433 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 3434 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 3435 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 657 | 3436 } |
| 3437 | |
| 3438 /* | |
| 1782 | 3439 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to |
| 3440 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. | |
| 3441 */ | |
| 3442 static int | |
| 3443 ins_compl_len() | |
| 3444 { | |
| 1869 | 3445 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 1782 | 3446 |
| 3447 if (off < 0) | |
| 3448 return 0; | |
| 3449 return off; | |
| 3450 } | |
| 3451 | |
| 3452 /* | |
| 657 | 3453 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3454 * matches. | |
| 3455 */ | |
| 3456 static void | |
| 3457 ins_compl_addleader(c) | |
| 3458 int c; | |
| 3459 { | |
| 3460 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3461 int cc; | |
| 3462 | |
| 3463 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) | |
| 3464 { | |
| 3465 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 3466 | |
| 3467 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 3468 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 3469 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 3470 } | |
| 3471 else | |
| 3472 #endif | |
| 3473 ins_char(c); | |
| 3474 | |
| 874 | 3475 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ |
| 3078 | 3476 if (ins_compl_need_restart()) |
| 874 | 3477 ins_compl_restart(); |
| 3478 | |
| 3271 | 3479 /* When 'always' is set, don't reset compl_leader. While completing, |
| 3480 * cursor don't point original position, changing compl_leader would | |
| 3481 * break redo. */ | |
| 3482 if (!compl_opt_refresh_always) | |
| 3483 { | |
| 3484 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
| 3485 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, | |
| 1869 | 3486 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); |
| 3271 | 3487 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 3488 ins_compl_new_leader(); | |
| 3489 } | |
| 874 | 3490 } |
| 3491 | |
| 3492 /* | |
| 3493 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when | |
| 3494 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. | |
| 3495 */ | |
| 3496 static void | |
| 3497 ins_compl_restart() | |
| 3498 { | |
| 3499 ins_compl_free(); | |
| 3500 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3501 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3502 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3503 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 694 | 3504 } |
| 3505 | |
| 3506 /* | |
| 3507 * Set the first match, the original text. | |
| 3508 */ | |
| 3509 static void | |
| 3510 ins_compl_set_original_text(str) | |
| 3511 char_u *str; | |
| 3512 { | |
| 3513 char_u *p; | |
| 3514 | |
| 3515 /* Replace the original text entry. */ | |
| 3516 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ | |
| 3517 { | |
| 3518 p = vim_strsave(str); | |
| 3519 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3520 { | |
| 3521 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); | |
| 3522 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; | |
| 3523 } | |
| 657 | 3524 } |
| 3525 } | |
| 3526 | |
| 3527 /* | |
| 659 | 3528 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3529 * matches. | |
| 3530 */ | |
| 3531 static void | |
| 3532 ins_compl_addfrommatch() | |
| 3533 { | |
| 3534 char_u *p; | |
| 1869 | 3535 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 659 | 3536 int c; |
| 887 | 3537 compl_T *cp; |
| 659 | 3538 |
| 3539 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; | |
| 677 | 3540 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ |
| 887 | 3541 { |
| 3542 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches | |
| 3543 * the leader. */ | |
| 3544 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 3545 { | |
| 3546 p = NULL; | |
| 3547 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL | |
| 3548 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) | |
| 3549 { | |
| 987 | 3550 if (compl_leader == NULL |
| 3551 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, | |
| 887 | 3552 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 3553 { | |
| 3554 p = cp->cp_str; | |
| 3555 break; | |
| 3556 } | |
| 3557 } | |
| 3558 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) | |
| 3559 return; | |
| 3560 } | |
| 3561 else | |
| 3562 return; | |
| 3563 } | |
| 659 | 3564 p += len; |
| 2845 | 3565 c = PTR2CHAR(p); |
| 659 | 3566 ins_compl_addleader(c); |
| 3567 } | |
| 3568 | |
| 3569 /* | |
| 7 | 3570 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. |
| 464 | 3571 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. |
| 540 | 3572 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; |
| 7 | 3573 */ |
| 540 | 3574 static int |
| 7 | 3575 ins_compl_prep(c) |
| 3576 int c; | |
| 3577 { | |
| 3578 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3579 int want_cindent; | |
| 540 | 3580 int retval = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3581 |
| 3582 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually | |
| 3583 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. | |
| 3584 */ | |
| 3585 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3586 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 3587 | |
| 1434 | 3588 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3589 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3590 || c == K_MOUSELEFT || c == K_MOUSERIGHT) |
| 540 | 3591 return retval; |
| 7 | 3592 |
| 665 | 3593 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ |
| 3594 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET | |
| 3595 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) | |
| 3596 { | |
| 3597 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL); | |
| 3598 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 3599 } | |
| 3600 | |
| 7 | 3601 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) |
| 3602 { | |
| 3603 /* | |
| 3604 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode | |
| 3605 * it will be yet. Now we decide. | |
| 3606 */ | |
| 3607 switch (c) | |
| 3608 { | |
| 3609 case Ctrl_E: | |
| 3610 case Ctrl_Y: | |
| 3611 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; | |
| 3612 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
| 3613 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3614 else | |
| 3615 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3616 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 3617 showmode(); | |
| 3618 break; | |
| 3619 case Ctrl_L: | |
| 3620 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
| 3621 break; | |
| 3622 case Ctrl_F: | |
| 3623 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; | |
| 3624 break; | |
| 3625 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 3626 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 3627 break; | |
| 3628 case Ctrl_R: | |
| 3629 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ | |
| 3630 break; | |
| 3631 case Ctrl_T: | |
| 3632 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 3633 break; | |
| 12 | 3634 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 3635 case Ctrl_U: | |
| 3636 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; | |
| 3637 break; | |
| 449 | 3638 case Ctrl_O: |
| 523 | 3639 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; |
| 449 | 3640 break; |
| 502 | 3641 #endif |
| 477 | 3642 case 's': |
| 3643 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 3644 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; | |
| 744 | 3645 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 819 | 3646 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ |
| 484 | 3647 spell_back_to_badword(); |
| 819 | 3648 --emsg_off; |
| 484 | 3649 #endif |
| 477 | 3650 break; |
| 7 | 3651 case Ctrl_RSB: |
| 3652 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 3653 break; | |
| 3654 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 3655 case Ctrl_I: | |
| 3656 case K_S_TAB: | |
| 3657 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 3658 break; | |
| 3659 case Ctrl_D: | |
| 3660 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 3661 break; | |
| 3662 #endif | |
| 3663 case Ctrl_V: | |
| 3664 case Ctrl_Q: | |
| 3665 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; | |
| 3666 break; | |
| 3667 case Ctrl_P: | |
| 3668 case Ctrl_N: | |
| 3669 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we | |
| 3670 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel | |
| 3671 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3672 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say | |
| 3673 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3674 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag | |
| 3675 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 3676 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) |
| 3677 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 3678 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) | |
| 3679 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 3680 /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
| 3681 default: | |
| 449 | 3682 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set |
| 3683 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X | |
| 3684 * mode). | |
| 3685 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible | |
| 3686 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same | |
| 3687 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). | |
| 3688 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start | |
| 3689 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. | |
| 3690 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING | |
| 3691 * mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 7 | 3692 if (c == Ctrl_X) |
| 3693 { | |
| 449 | 3694 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) |
| 3695 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 7 | 3696 else |
| 449 | 3697 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; |
| 7 | 3698 } |
| 3699 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3700 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3701 showmode(); | |
| 3702 break; | |
| 3703 } | |
| 3704 } | |
| 3705 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 3706 { | |
| 3707 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ | |
| 3708 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3709 { | |
| 3710 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 3711 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3712 else | |
| 3713 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; | |
| 3714 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3715 } | |
| 3716 showmode(); | |
| 3717 } | |
| 3718 | |
| 449 | 3719 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 7 | 3720 { |
| 3721 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably | |
| 3722 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to | |
| 449 | 3723 * showing what mode we are in. */ |
| 7 | 3724 showmode(); |
| 644 | 3725 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R |
| 3726 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) | |
| 7 | 3727 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 3728 { | |
| 3729 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and | |
| 3730 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up | |
| 449 | 3731 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ |
| 836 | 3732 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) |
| 7 | 3733 { |
| 3734 /* | |
| 836 | 3735 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when |
| 3736 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo | |
| 3737 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part | |
| 3738 * of the original text that has changed. | |
| 3739 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used | |
| 3740 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. | |
| 7 | 3741 */ |
| 836 | 3742 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) |
| 3743 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; | |
| 3744 else | |
| 3095 | 3745 ptr = NULL; |
| 3746 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr); | |
| 7 | 3747 } |
| 3748 | |
| 3749 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3750 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); | |
| 3751 #endif | |
| 3752 /* | |
| 3753 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. | |
| 3754 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. | |
| 3755 */ | |
| 449 | 3756 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 7 | 3757 { |
| 3758 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3759 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 3760 if (want_cindent) | |
| 3761 { | |
| 3762 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3763 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ | |
| 3764 } | |
| 3765 #endif | |
| 3766 } | |
| 3767 else | |
| 3768 { | |
| 1073 | 3769 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 3770 | |
| 7 | 3771 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ |
| 1073 | 3772 if (prev_col > 0) |
| 3773 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3774 if (stop_arrow() == OK) |
| 3775 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); | |
| 1073 | 3776 if (prev_col > 0 |
| 3777 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) | |
| 3778 inc_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3779 } |
| 3780 | |
| 816 | 3781 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting |
| 825 | 3782 * the selection without inserting anything. When |
| 3783 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ | |
| 3784 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 3785 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 3786 && pum_visible()) | |
| 540 | 3787 retval = TRUE; |
| 3788 | |
| 816 | 3789 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */ |
| 3790 if (c == Ctrl_E) | |
| 3791 { | |
| 3792 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 3793 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 1782 | 3794 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3795 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 1782 | 3796 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3797 retval = TRUE; |
| 3798 } | |
| 3799 | |
| 1698 | 3800 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); |
| 3801 | |
| 7 | 3802 ins_compl_free(); |
| 449 | 3803 compl_started = FALSE; |
| 3804 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 7 | 3805 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ |
| 3806 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 825 | 3807 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3808 if (edit_submode != NULL) |
| 3809 { | |
| 3810 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3811 showmode(); | |
| 3812 } | |
| 3813 | |
| 3814 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3815 /* | |
| 3816 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 3817 */ | |
| 3818 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) | |
| 3819 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3820 #endif | |
| 3821 } | |
| 3822 } | |
| 3823 | |
| 3824 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be | |
| 3825 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ | |
| 3826 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3827 { | |
| 449 | 3828 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3829 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 7 | 3830 } |
| 540 | 3831 |
| 3832 return retval; | |
| 7 | 3833 } |
| 3834 | |
| 3835 /* | |
| 3095 | 3836 * Fix the redo buffer for the completion leader replacing some of the typed |
| 3837 * text. This inserts backspaces and appends the changed text. | |
| 3838 * "ptr" is the known leader text or NUL. | |
| 3839 */ | |
| 3840 static void | |
| 3841 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr_arg) | |
| 3842 char_u *ptr_arg; | |
| 3843 { | |
| 3844 int len; | |
| 3845 char_u *p; | |
| 3846 char_u *ptr = ptr_arg; | |
| 3847 | |
| 3848 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 3849 { | |
| 3850 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 3851 ptr = compl_leader; | |
| 3852 else | |
| 3853 return; /* nothing to do */ | |
| 3854 } | |
| 3855 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) | |
| 3856 { | |
| 3857 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 3858 for (len = 0; p[len] != NUL && p[len] == ptr[len]; ++len) | |
| 3859 ; | |
| 3860 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3861 if (len > 0) | |
| 3862 len -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + len); | |
| 3863 #endif | |
| 3864 for (p += len; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 3865 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); | |
| 3866 } | |
| 3867 else | |
| 3868 len = 0; | |
| 3869 if (ptr != NULL) | |
| 3870 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + len, -1); | |
| 3871 } | |
| 3872 | |
| 3873 /* | |
| 7 | 3874 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers |
| 3875 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned | |
| 3876 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with | |
| 3877 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. | |
| 3878 * | |
| 3879 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo | |
| 3880 */ | |
| 3881 static buf_T * | |
| 3882 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag) | |
| 3883 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3884 int flag; | |
| 3885 { | |
| 3886 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3887 static win_T *wp; | |
| 3888 #endif | |
| 3889 | |
| 3890 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ | |
| 3891 { | |
| 3892 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3893 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ | |
| 3894 wp = curwin; | |
| 383 | 3895 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin |
| 7 | 3896 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) |
| 3897 ; | |
| 3898 buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 3899 #else | |
| 3900 buf = curbuf; | |
| 3901 #endif | |
| 3902 } | |
| 3903 else | |
| 3904 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' | |
| 3905 * (unlisted buffers) | |
| 3906 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ | |
| 383 | 3907 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf |
| 7 | 3908 && ((flag == 'U' |
| 3909 ? buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3910 : (!buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3911 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) | |
| 667 | 3912 || buf->b_scanned)) |
| 7 | 3913 ; |
| 3914 return buf; | |
| 3915 } | |
| 3916 | |
| 12 | 3917 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 659 | 3918 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base)); |
| 12 | 3919 |
| 3920 /* | |
| 523 | 3921 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and |
| 502 | 3922 * get matches in "matches". |
| 12 | 3923 */ |
| 659 | 3924 static void |
| 3925 expand_by_function(type, base) | |
| 523 | 3926 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ |
| 12 | 3927 char_u *base; |
| 3928 { | |
| 3078 | 3929 list_T *matchlist = NULL; |
| 3930 dict_T *matchdict = NULL; | |
| 502 | 3931 char_u *args[2]; |
| 3932 char_u *funcname; | |
| 3933 pos_T pos; | |
| 2631 | 3934 win_T *curwin_save; |
| 3935 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
| 3078 | 3936 typval_T rettv; |
| 502 | 3937 |
| 3938 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 3939 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 659 | 3940 return; |
| 452 | 3941 |
| 3942 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ | |
| 3943 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; | |
| 502 | 3944 args[1] = base; |
| 3945 | |
| 3946 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2631 | 3947 curwin_save = curwin; |
| 3948 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
| 3078 | 3949 |
| 3950 /* Call a function, which returns a list or dict. */ | |
| 3951 if (call_vim_function(funcname, 2, args, FALSE, &rettv) == OK) | |
| 3952 { | |
| 3953 switch (rettv.v_type) | |
| 3954 { | |
| 3955 case VAR_LIST: | |
| 3956 matchlist = rettv.vval.v_list; | |
| 3957 break; | |
| 3958 case VAR_DICT: | |
| 3959 matchdict = rettv.vval.v_dict; | |
| 3960 break; | |
| 3961 default: | |
| 3962 /* TODO: Give error message? */ | |
| 3963 clear_tv(&rettv); | |
| 3964 break; | |
| 3965 } | |
| 3966 } | |
| 3967 | |
| 2631 | 3968 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
| 3969 { | |
| 3970 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
| 3971 goto theend; | |
| 3972 } | |
| 502 | 3973 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
| 2631 | 3974 check_cursor(); |
| 3975 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) | |
| 3976 { | |
| 3977 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
| 3978 goto theend; | |
| 3979 } | |
| 3078 | 3980 |
| 2631 | 3981 if (matchlist != NULL) |
| 3982 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); | |
| 3078 | 3983 else if (matchdict != NULL) |
| 3984 ins_compl_add_dict(matchdict); | |
| 2631 | 3985 |
| 3986 theend: | |
| 3078 | 3987 if (matchdict != NULL) |
| 3988 dict_unref(matchdict); | |
| 2631 | 3989 if (matchlist != NULL) |
| 3990 list_unref(matchlist); | |
| 724 | 3991 } |
| 3992 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ | |
| 3993 | |
| 786 | 3994 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 3995 /* |
| 3996 * Add completions from a list. | |
| 3997 */ | |
| 3998 static void | |
| 3999 ins_compl_add_list(list) | |
| 4000 list_T *list; | |
| 4001 { | |
| 4002 listitem_T *li; | |
| 4003 int dir = compl_direction; | |
| 4004 | |
| 659 | 4005 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ |
| 724 | 4006 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) |
| 452 | 4007 { |
| 786 | 4008 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) |
| 4009 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 4010 dir = FORWARD; | |
| 648 | 4011 else if (did_emsg) |
| 4012 break; | |
| 452 | 4013 } |
| 724 | 4014 } |
| 786 | 4015 |
| 4016 /* | |
| 3078 | 4017 * Add completions from a dict. |
| 4018 */ | |
| 4019 static void | |
| 4020 ins_compl_add_dict(dict) | |
| 4021 dict_T *dict; | |
| 4022 { | |
| 3263 | 4023 dictitem_T *di_refresh; |
| 4024 dictitem_T *di_words; | |
| 3078 | 4025 |
| 4026 /* Check for optional "refresh" item. */ | |
| 4027 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; | |
| 3263 | 4028 di_refresh = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"refresh", 7); |
| 4029 if (di_refresh != NULL && di_refresh->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) | |
| 4030 { | |
| 4031 char_u *v = di_refresh->di_tv.vval.v_string; | |
| 3078 | 4032 |
| 4033 if (v != NULL && STRCMP(v, (char_u *)"always") == 0) | |
| 4034 compl_opt_refresh_always = TRUE; | |
| 4035 } | |
| 4036 | |
| 4037 /* Add completions from a "words" list. */ | |
| 3263 | 4038 di_words = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"words", 5); |
| 4039 if (di_words != NULL && di_words->di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) | |
| 4040 ins_compl_add_list(di_words->di_tv.vval.v_list); | |
| 3078 | 4041 } |
| 4042 | |
| 4043 /* | |
| 786 | 4044 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. |
| 4045 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 4046 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, | |
| 4047 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. | |
| 4048 */ | |
| 4049 int | |
| 4050 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir) | |
| 4051 typval_T *tv; | |
| 4052 int dir; | |
| 4053 { | |
| 4054 char_u *word; | |
| 867 | 4055 int icase = FALSE; |
| 944 | 4056 int adup = FALSE; |
| 2632 | 4057 int aempty = FALSE; |
| 786 | 4058 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); |
| 4059 | |
| 4060 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) | |
| 4061 { | |
| 4062 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); | |
| 4063 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4064 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); | |
| 4065 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4066 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); | |
| 4067 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4068 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); | |
| 4069 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4070 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); | |
| 4071 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) | |
| 4072 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); | |
| 841 | 4073 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) |
| 944 | 4074 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); |
| 2632 | 4075 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty", FALSE) != NULL) |
| 4076 aempty = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty"); | |
| 786 | 4077 } |
| 4078 else | |
| 4079 { | |
| 4080 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); | |
| 4081 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); | |
| 4082 } | |
| 2632 | 4083 if (word == NULL || (!aempty && *word == NUL)) |
| 786 | 4084 return FAIL; |
| 944 | 4085 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); |
| 786 | 4086 } |
| 724 | 4087 #endif |
| 12 | 4088 |
| 449 | 4089 /* |
| 4090 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". | |
| 659 | 4091 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction |
| 4092 * compl_direction. | |
| 667 | 4093 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue |
| 4094 * where we stopped searching before. | |
| 449 | 4095 * This may return before finding all the matches. |
| 4096 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo | |
| 7 | 4097 */ |
| 4098 static int | |
| 659 | 4099 ins_compl_get_exp(ini) |
| 7 | 4100 pos_T *ini; |
| 4101 { | |
| 4102 static pos_T first_match_pos; | |
| 4103 static pos_T last_match_pos; | |
| 4104 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ | |
| 449 | 4105 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a |
| 4106 certain type. */ | |
| 4107 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ | |
| 7 | 4108 |
| 464 | 4109 pos_T *pos; |
| 4110 char_u **matches; | |
| 4111 int save_p_scs; | |
| 4112 int save_p_ws; | |
| 4113 int save_p_ic; | |
| 4114 int i; | |
| 4115 int num_matches; | |
| 4116 int len; | |
| 4117 int found_new_match; | |
| 4118 int type = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 4119 char_u *ptr; | |
| 4120 char_u *dict = NULL; | |
| 4121 int dict_f = 0; | |
| 4122 compl_T *old_match; | |
| 7 | 4123 |
| 449 | 4124 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4125 { |
| 4126 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next) | |
| 4127 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; | |
| 4128 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 4129 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 449 | 4130 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) |
| 12 | 4131 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; |
| 7 | 4132 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; |
| 4133 } | |
| 4134 | |
| 449 | 4135 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ |
| 659 | 4136 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; |
| 7 | 4137 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ |
| 4138 for (;;) | |
| 4139 { | |
| 4140 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 4141 | |
| 449 | 4142 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, |
| 7 | 4143 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the |
| 4144 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ | |
| 4145 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4146 && (!compl_started || found_all)) |
| 7 | 4147 { |
| 4148 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 4149 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') | |
| 4150 e_cpt++; | |
| 4151 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) | |
| 4152 { | |
| 4153 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 4154 first_match_pos = *ini; | |
| 4155 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ | |
| 4156 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) | |
| 4157 dec(&first_match_pos); | |
| 4158 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; | |
| 4159 type = 0; | |
| 4160 } | |
| 4161 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL | |
| 4162 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) | |
| 4163 { | |
| 4164 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ | |
| 4165 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ | |
| 4166 { | |
| 449 | 4167 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 4168 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; |
| 4169 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
| 4170 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; | |
| 4171 type = 0; | |
| 4172 } | |
| 4173 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ | |
| 4174 { | |
| 4175 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4176 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) | |
| 4177 continue; | |
| 4178 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 4179 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; | |
| 4180 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; | |
| 4181 } | |
| 274 | 4182 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), |
| 7 | 4183 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL |
| 4184 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) | |
| 4185 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL | |
| 4186 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname | |
| 4187 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname); | |
| 1869 | 4188 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 4189 } |
| 4190 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) | |
| 4191 break; | |
| 4192 else | |
| 4193 { | |
| 4194 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4195 type = -1; | |
| 4196 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') | |
| 4197 { | |
| 4198 if (*e_cpt == 'k') | |
| 4199 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 4200 else | |
| 4201 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 4202 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) | |
| 4203 { | |
| 4204 dict = e_cpt; | |
| 4205 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; | |
| 4206 } | |
| 4207 } | |
| 4208 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4209 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') | |
| 4210 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 4211 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') | |
| 4212 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 4213 #endif | |
| 4214 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') | |
| 4215 { | |
| 4216 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 1872 | 4217 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); |
| 1869 | 4218 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 4219 } |
| 4220 else | |
| 4221 type = -1; | |
| 4222 | |
| 4223 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ | |
| 4224 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); | |
| 4225 | |
| 4226 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4227 if (type == -1) | |
| 4228 continue; | |
| 4229 } | |
| 4230 } | |
| 4231 | |
| 4232 switch (type) | |
| 4233 { | |
| 4234 case -1: | |
| 4235 break; | |
| 4236 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4237 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 4238 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 659 | 4239 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, |
| 449 | 4240 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, |
| 7 | 4241 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES |
| 449 | 4242 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4243 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, |
| 4244 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); | |
| 4245 break; | |
| 4246 #endif | |
| 4247 | |
| 4248 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 4249 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 4250 ins_compl_dictionaries( | |
| 703 | 4251 dict != NULL ? dict |
| 7 | 4252 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS |
| 4253 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL | |
| 4254 ? p_tsr | |
| 4255 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) | |
| 4256 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL | |
| 4257 ? p_dict | |
| 4258 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), | |
| 659 | 4259 compl_pattern, |
| 703 | 4260 dict != NULL ? dict_f |
| 4261 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); | |
| 7 | 4262 dict = NULL; |
| 4263 break; | |
| 4264 | |
| 4265 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 4266 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ | |
| 4267 save_p_ic = p_ic; | |
| 449 | 4268 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4269 |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4270 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number |
| 449 | 4271 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ |
| 4272 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, | |
| 7 | 4273 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | |
| 4274 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), | |
| 4275 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) | |
| 4276 { | |
| 942 | 4277 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 7 | 4278 } |
| 4279 p_ic = save_p_ic; | |
| 4280 break; | |
| 4281 | |
| 4282 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 449 | 4283 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, |
| 7 | 4284 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) |
| 4285 { | |
| 4286 | |
| 4287 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ | |
| 449 | 4288 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); |
| 681 | 4289 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, |
| 4290 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME | |
| 4291 TRUE | |
| 4292 #else | |
| 4293 FALSE | |
| 4294 #endif | |
| 4295 ); | |
| 7 | 4296 } |
| 4297 break; | |
| 4298 | |
| 4299 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 449 | 4300 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 4301 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), | |
| 7 | 4302 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) |
| 681 | 4303 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4304 break; |
| 4305 | |
| 12 | 4306 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 4307 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 523 | 4308 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 659 | 4309 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); |
| 12 | 4310 break; |
| 4311 #endif | |
| 4312 | |
| 477 | 4313 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 744 | 4314 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 477 | 4315 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, |
| 1872 | 4316 compl_pattern, &matches); |
| 477 | 4317 if (num_matches > 0) |
| 942 | 4318 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 477 | 4319 #endif |
| 4320 break; | |
| 4321 | |
| 7 | 4322 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ |
| 4323 /* | |
| 4324 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here | |
| 4325 */ | |
| 4326 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 4327 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) | |
| 4328 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 449 | 4329 |
| 7 | 4330 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the |
| 4331 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this | |
| 4332 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set | |
| 4333 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ | |
| 4334 save_p_ws = p_ws; | |
| 4335 if (ins_buf != curbuf) | |
| 4336 p_ws = FALSE; | |
| 4337 else if (*e_cpt == '.') | |
| 4338 p_ws = TRUE; | |
| 4339 for (;;) | |
| 4340 { | |
| 464 | 4341 int flags = 0; |
| 7 | 4342 |
| 1007 | 4343 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ |
| 4344 | |
| 540 | 4345 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that |
| 4346 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ | |
| 7 | 4347 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE |
| 449 | 4348 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4349 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, |
| 659 | 4350 compl_direction, compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4351 else |
| 659 | 4352 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, |
| 4353 compl_direction, | |
| 449 | 4354 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, |
| 1496 | 4355 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); |
| 1007 | 4356 --msg_silent; |
| 449 | 4357 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4358 { |
| 667 | 4359 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ |
| 449 | 4360 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 4361 first_match_pos = *pos; |
| 4362 last_match_pos = *pos; | |
| 4363 } | |
| 4364 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum | |
| 665 | 4365 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) |
| 7 | 4366 found_new_match = FAIL; |
| 4367 if (found_new_match == FAIL) | |
| 4368 { | |
| 4369 if (ins_buf == curbuf) | |
| 4370 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4371 break; | |
| 4372 } | |
| 4373 | |
| 4374 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ | |
| 449 | 4375 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf |
| 7 | 4376 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum |
| 4377 && ini->col == pos->col) | |
| 4378 continue; | |
| 4379 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; | |
| 4380 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4381 { | |
| 449 | 4382 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 4383 { |
| 4384 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4385 continue; | |
| 4386 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4387 if (!p_paste) | |
| 4388 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4389 } | |
| 4390 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 4391 } | |
| 4392 else | |
| 4393 { | |
| 449 | 4394 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; |
| 4395 | |
| 4396 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 4397 { |
| 449 | 4398 tmp_ptr += compl_length; |
| 7 | 4399 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ |
| 4400 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) | |
| 4401 continue; | |
| 4402 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4403 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4404 } | |
| 4405 /* Find end of this word. */ | |
| 4406 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4407 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4408 | |
| 449 | 4409 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 4410 && len == compl_length) | |
| 7 | 4411 { |
| 4412 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4413 { | |
| 4414 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be | |
| 4415 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. | |
| 4416 * IOSIZE is always greater than | |
| 449 | 4417 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always |
| 7 | 4418 * works -- Acevedo */ |
| 4419 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); | |
| 4420 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4421 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4422 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4423 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4424 /* Find end of next word. */ | |
| 4425 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4426 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) | |
| 4427 { | |
| 419 | 4428 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) |
| 7 | 4429 { |
| 419 | 4430 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') |
| 7 | 4431 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4432 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ | |
| 4433 if (p_js | |
| 419 | 4434 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' |
| 7 | 4435 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) |
| 4436 == NULL | |
| 419 | 4437 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' |
| 4438 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) | |
| 7 | 4439 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4440 } | |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4441 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ |
| 7 | 4442 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) |
| 4443 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; | |
| 4444 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4445 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 464 | 4446 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 4447 } |
| 4448 IObuff[len] = NUL; | |
| 4449 ptr = IObuff; | |
| 4450 } | |
| 449 | 4451 if (len == compl_length) |
| 7 | 4452 continue; |
| 4453 } | |
| 4454 } | |
| 942 | 4455 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, |
| 540 | 4456 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, |
| 659 | 4457 0, flags) != NOTDONE) |
| 7 | 4458 { |
| 4459 found_new_match = OK; | |
| 4460 break; | |
| 4461 } | |
| 4462 } | |
| 4463 p_scs = save_p_scs; | |
| 4464 p_ws = save_p_ws; | |
| 4465 } | |
| 540 | 4466 |
| 449 | 4467 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of |
| 1796 | 4468 * expansion added something) */ |
| 540 | 4469 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) |
| 7 | 4470 found_new_match = OK; |
| 4471 | |
| 4472 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the | |
| 4473 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ | |
| 4474 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4475 || found_new_match != FAIL) |
| 540 | 4476 { |
| 4477 if (got_int) | |
| 4478 break; | |
| 665 | 4479 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ |
| 989 | 4480 if (type != -1) |
| 540 | 4481 ins_compl_check_keys(0); |
| 665 | 4482 |
| 540 | 4483 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 4484 || compl_interrupted) | |
| 4485 break; | |
| 4486 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 4487 } | |
| 4488 else | |
| 4489 { | |
| 4490 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ | |
| 4491 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 4492 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; | |
| 4493 | |
| 4494 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 4495 } | |
| 449 | 4496 } |
| 4497 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4498 |
| 4499 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4500 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ | |
| 4501 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 4502 | |
| 4503 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ | |
| 4504 if (found_new_match == FAIL | |
| 4505 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)) | |
| 4506 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
| 4507 | |
| 4508 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has | |
| 449 | 4509 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next |
| 4510 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ | |
| 724 | 4511 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next |
| 4512 : old_match->cp_prev; | |
| 449 | 4513 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) |
| 4514 compl_curr_match = old_match; | |
| 7 | 4515 return i; |
| 4516 } | |
| 4517 | |
| 4518 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ | |
| 4519 static void | |
| 4520 ins_compl_delete() | |
| 4521 { | |
| 4522 int i; | |
| 4523 | |
| 4524 /* | |
| 4525 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. | |
| 4526 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. | |
| 4527 */ | |
| 449 | 4528 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); |
| 7 | 4529 backspace_until_column(i); |
| 4530 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 4531 } | |
| 4532 | |
| 4533 /* Insert the new text being completed. */ | |
| 4534 static void | |
| 4535 ins_compl_insert() | |
| 4536 { | |
| 1782 | 4537 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); |
| 683 | 4538 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 4539 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 4540 else | |
| 4541 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4542 } |
| 4543 | |
| 4544 /* | |
| 4545 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. | |
| 464 | 4546 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to |
| 4547 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there | |
| 4548 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when | |
| 4549 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing | |
| 4550 * through the ones found so far. | |
| 7 | 4551 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. |
| 4552 * | |
| 449 | 4553 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use |
| 4554 * compl_shown_match here. | |
| 7 | 4555 * |
| 4556 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with | |
| 464 | 4557 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn |
| 4558 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. | |
| 7 | 4559 */ |
| 4560 static int | |
| 665 | 4561 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match) |
| 7 | 4562 int allow_get_expansion; |
| 610 | 4563 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should |
| 4564 be at least 1 */ | |
| 665 | 4565 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */ |
| 7 | 4566 { |
| 4567 int num_matches = -1; | |
| 4568 int i; | |
| 610 | 4569 int todo = count; |
| 657 | 4570 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; |
| 4571 int found_end = FALSE; | |
| 836 | 4572 int advance; |
| 7 | 4573 |
| 3271 | 4574 /* When user complete function return -1 for findstart which is next |
| 4575 * time of 'always', compl_shown_match become NULL. */ | |
| 4576 if (compl_shown_match == NULL) | |
| 4577 return -1; | |
| 4578 | |
| 665 | 4579 if (compl_leader != NULL |
| 4580 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 4581 { | |
| 4582 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ | |
| 4583 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ | |
| 681 | 4584 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4585 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) |
| 665 | 4586 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL |
| 4587 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) | |
| 4588 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 887 | 4589 |
| 4590 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is | |
| 4591 * backward, find the last match. */ | |
| 4592 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4593 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4594 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4595 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL | |
| 4596 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) | |
| 4597 { | |
| 4598 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4599 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4600 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
| 4601 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) | |
| 4602 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4603 } | |
| 665 | 4604 } |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match | |
| 874 | 4607 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) |
| 7 | 4608 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ |
| 4609 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 665 | 4610 |
| 836 | 4611 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, |
| 4612 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ | |
| 4613 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; | |
| 4614 | |
| 874 | 4615 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ |
| 4616 if (compl_restarting) | |
| 4617 { | |
| 4618 advance = FALSE; | |
| 4619 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 4620 } | |
| 4621 | |
| 610 | 4622 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap |
| 4623 * around. */ | |
| 4624 while (--todo >= 0) | |
| 4625 { | |
| 4626 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4627 { | |
| 4628 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 657 | 4629 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL |
| 4630 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match | |
| 4631 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); | |
| 610 | 4632 } |
| 4633 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4634 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4635 { | |
| 657 | 4636 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 610 | 4637 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; |
| 657 | 4638 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 4639 } |
| 4640 else | |
| 610 | 4641 { |
| 909 | 4642 if (!allow_get_expansion) |
| 4643 { | |
| 4644 if (advance) | |
| 4645 { | |
| 4646 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4647 compl_pending -= todo + 1; | |
| 4648 else | |
| 4649 compl_pending += todo + 1; | |
| 4650 } | |
| 4651 return -1; | |
| 4652 } | |
| 4653 | |
| 836 | 4654 if (advance) |
| 4655 { | |
| 4656 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4657 --compl_pending; | |
| 4658 else | |
| 4659 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4660 } | |
| 657 | 4661 |
| 874 | 4662 /* Find matches. */ |
| 659 | 4663 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); |
| 909 | 4664 |
| 4665 /* handle any pending completions */ | |
| 4666 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir | |
| 836 | 4667 && advance) |
| 909 | 4668 { |
| 4669 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4670 { | |
| 4671 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 4672 --compl_pending; | |
| 4673 } | |
| 4674 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4675 { | |
| 4676 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4677 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4678 } | |
| 4679 else | |
| 4680 break; | |
| 4681 } | |
| 657 | 4682 found_end = FALSE; |
| 4683 } | |
| 4684 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 | |
| 4685 && compl_leader != NULL | |
| 681 | 4686 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4687 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 657 | 4688 ++todo; |
| 4689 else | |
| 4690 /* Remember a matching item. */ | |
| 4691 found_compl = compl_shown_match; | |
| 4692 | |
| 4693 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ | |
| 4694 if (found_end) | |
| 4695 { | |
| 4696 if (found_compl != NULL) | |
| 610 | 4697 { |
| 657 | 4698 compl_shown_match = found_compl; |
| 4699 break; | |
| 610 | 4700 } |
| 657 | 4701 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ |
| 610 | 4702 } |
| 7 | 4703 } |
| 4704 | |
| 665 | 4705 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ |
| 4706 if (insert_match) | |
| 4707 { | |
| 4708 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) | |
| 4709 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 4710 else | |
| 1782 | 4711 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 4712 } |
| 4713 else | |
| 4714 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 4715 |
| 4716 if (!allow_get_expansion) | |
| 4717 { | |
| 540 | 4718 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ |
| 4719 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 4720 | |
| 665 | 4721 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ |
| 4722 update_screen(0); | |
| 4723 | |
| 540 | 4724 /* display the updated popup menu */ |
| 4725 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 864 | 4726 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 4727 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 4728 { | |
| 4729 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 4730 setcursor(); | |
| 4731 out_flush(); | |
| 4732 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 4733 } | |
| 4734 #endif | |
| 540 | 4735 |
| 7 | 4736 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and |
| 4737 * don't want to match ourselves! */ | |
| 4738 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 4739 } | |
| 4740 | |
| 825 | 4741 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup |
| 1219 | 4742 * menu is visible. */ |
| 825 | 4743 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; |
| 4744 | |
| 7 | 4745 /* |
| 4746 * Show the file name for the match (if any) | |
| 4747 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. | |
| 4748 */ | |
| 464 | 4749 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) |
| 7 | 4750 { |
| 4751 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); | |
| 464 | 4752 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; |
| 7 | 4753 if (i <= 0) |
| 4754 i = 0; | |
| 4755 else | |
| 4756 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); | |
| 464 | 4757 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); |
| 7 | 4758 msg(IObuff); |
| 4759 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ | |
| 4760 } | |
| 4761 | |
| 4762 return num_matches; | |
| 4763 } | |
| 4764 | |
| 4765 /* | |
| 4766 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key | |
| 4767 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion | |
| 716 | 4768 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as |
| 7 | 4769 * possible. -- webb |
| 464 | 4770 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. |
| 7 | 4771 */ |
| 4772 void | |
| 464 | 4773 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency) |
| 4774 int frequency; | |
| 7 | 4775 { |
| 4776 static int count = 0; | |
| 4777 | |
| 4778 int c; | |
| 4779 | |
| 4780 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test | |
| 4781 * scripts */ | |
| 4782 if (using_script()) | |
| 4783 return; | |
| 4784 | |
| 4785 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ | |
| 464 | 4786 if (++count < frequency) |
| 7 | 4787 return; |
| 4788 count = 0; | |
| 4789 | |
| 909 | 4790 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() |
| 4791 * can't do its work correctly. */ | |
| 7 | 4792 c = vpeekc_any(); |
| 4793 if (c != NUL) | |
| 4794 { | |
| 4795 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) | |
| 4796 { | |
| 4797 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ | |
| 610 | 4798 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 665 | 4799 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), |
| 4800 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN); | |
| 7 | 4801 } |
| 909 | 4802 else |
| 4803 { | |
| 4804 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it | |
| 1526 | 4805 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ |
| 909 | 4806 c = safe_vgetc(); |
| 1526 | 4807 if (c != K_IGNORE) |
| 4808 { | |
| 4809 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, | |
| 4810 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ | |
| 4811 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) | |
| 4812 compl_interrupted = TRUE; | |
| 4813 | |
| 4814 vungetc(c); | |
| 4815 } | |
| 909 | 4816 } |
| 449 | 4817 } |
| 716 | 4818 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int) |
| 909 | 4819 { |
| 4820 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; | |
| 4821 | |
| 4822 compl_pending = 0; | |
| 4823 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE); | |
| 4824 } | |
| 610 | 4825 } |
| 4826 | |
| 4827 /* | |
| 4828 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. | |
| 4829 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. | |
| 4830 */ | |
| 4831 static int | |
| 4832 ins_compl_key2dir(c) | |
| 4833 int c; | |
| 4834 { | |
| 665 | 4835 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L |
| 4836 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP | |
| 4837 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP))) | |
| 610 | 4838 return BACKWARD; |
| 4839 return FORWARD; | |
| 4840 } | |
| 4841 | |
| 4842 /* | |
| 644 | 4843 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu |
| 4844 * is visible. | |
| 4845 */ | |
| 4846 static int | |
| 4847 ins_compl_pum_key(c) | |
| 4848 int c; | |
| 4849 { | |
| 4850 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP | |
| 665 | 4851 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN |
| 4852 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); | |
| 644 | 4853 } |
| 4854 | |
| 4855 /* | |
| 610 | 4856 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. |
| 4857 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. | |
| 4858 */ | |
| 4859 static int | |
| 4860 ins_compl_key2count(c) | |
| 4861 int c; | |
| 4862 { | |
| 4863 int h; | |
| 4864 | |
| 665 | 4865 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) |
| 610 | 4866 { |
| 4867 h = pum_get_height(); | |
| 4868 if (h > 3) | |
| 4869 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ | |
| 4870 return h; | |
| 4871 } | |
| 4872 return 1; | |
| 7 | 4873 } |
| 4874 | |
| 4875 /* | |
| 681 | 4876 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only |
| 4877 * to change the currently selected completion. | |
| 4878 */ | |
| 4879 static int | |
| 4880 ins_compl_use_match(c) | |
| 4881 int c; | |
| 4882 { | |
| 4883 switch (c) | |
| 4884 { | |
| 4885 case K_UP: | |
| 4886 case K_DOWN: | |
| 4887 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 4888 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 4889 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 4890 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 4891 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 4892 case K_S_UP: | |
| 4893 return FALSE; | |
| 4894 } | |
| 4895 return TRUE; | |
| 4896 } | |
| 4897 | |
| 4898 /* | |
| 7 | 4899 * Do Insert mode completion. |
| 4900 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. | |
| 4901 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). | |
| 4902 */ | |
| 4903 static int | |
| 4904 ins_complete(c) | |
| 449 | 4905 int c; |
| 7 | 4906 { |
| 449 | 4907 char_u *line; |
| 4908 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ | |
| 4909 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ | |
| 4910 int n; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
4911 int save_w_wrow; |
| 7 | 4912 |
| 610 | 4913 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 449 | 4914 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4915 { |
| 4916 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ | |
| 4917 | |
| 4918 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 4919 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 4920 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 4921 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 4922 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 4923 #endif | |
| 4924 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 4925 return FAIL; | |
| 4926 | |
| 4927 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 449 | 4928 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 716 | 4929 compl_pending = 0; |
| 7 | 4930 |
| 1430 | 4931 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from |
| 449 | 4932 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word |
| 4933 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if | |
| 1430 | 4934 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it |
| 4935 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL | |
| 4936 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of | |
| 4937 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ | |
| 665 | 4938 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT |
| 4939 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 7 | 4940 { |
| 4941 /* | |
| 4942 * it is a continued search | |
| 4943 */ | |
| 449 | 4944 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ |
| 7 | 4945 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS |
| 4946 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 4947 { | |
| 449 | 4948 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 7 | 4949 { |
| 449 | 4950 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the |
| 4951 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar | |
| 4952 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't | |
| 4953 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ | |
| 4954 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); | |
| 4955 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 4956 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 4957 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ | |
| 7 | 4958 } |
| 4959 else | |
| 4960 { | |
| 4961 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the | |
| 4962 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL | |
| 449 | 4963 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ |
| 4964 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) | |
| 7 | 4965 { |
| 449 | 4966 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; |
| 4967 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( | |
| 4968 line + compl_length | |
| 4969 + compl_startpos.col) - line); | |
| 7 | 4970 } |
| 449 | 4971 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; |
| 7 | 4972 } |
| 449 | 4973 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 502 | 4974 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we |
| 1796 | 4975 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ |
| 7 | 4976 #define MIN_SPACE 75 |
| 449 | 4977 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) |
| 7 | 4978 { |
| 449 | 4979 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; |
| 4980 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); | |
| 4981 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; | |
| 7 | 4982 } |
| 449 | 4983 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 4984 if (compl_length < 1) | |
| 4985 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 4986 } |
| 4987 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4988 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 7 | 4989 else |
| 449 | 4990 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 7 | 4991 } |
| 4992 else | |
| 449 | 4993 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; |
| 4994 | |
| 4995 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ | |
| 4996 { | |
| 4997 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 7 | 4998 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ |
| 449 | 4999 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 5000 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; | |
| 5001 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5002 startcol = (int)curs_col; | |
| 5003 compl_col = 0; | |
| 7 | 5004 } |
| 5005 | |
| 5006 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ | |
| 5007 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) | |
| 5008 { | |
| 449 | 5009 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) |
| 7 | 5010 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) |
| 5011 { | |
| 449 | 5012 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) |
| 7 | 5013 { |
| 449 | 5014 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 5015 ; |
| 449 | 5016 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 5017 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; | |
| 7 | 5018 } |
| 5019 if (p_ic) | |
| 449 | 5020 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, |
| 5021 compl_length, NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 5022 else |
| 449 | 5023 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, |
| 5024 compl_length); | |
| 5025 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5026 return FAIL; |
| 5027 } | |
| 449 | 5028 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 5029 { |
| 5030 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; | |
| 5031 | |
| 1872 | 5032 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ |
| 449 | 5033 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 5034 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 5035 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 5036 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5037 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) |
| 5038 || (compl_col > 0 | |
| 7 | 5039 && ( |
| 5040 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 449 | 5041 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) |
| 7 | 5042 #else |
| 449 | 5043 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) |
| 7 | 5044 #endif |
| 5045 ))) | |
| 5046 prefix = (char_u *)""; | |
| 449 | 5047 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); |
| 5048 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), | |
| 5049 line + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 7 | 5050 } |
| 449 | 5051 else if (--startcol < 0 || |
| 7 | 5052 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 449 | 5053 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) |
| 7 | 5054 #else |
| 449 | 5055 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) |
| 7 | 5056 #endif |
| 5057 ) | |
| 5058 { | |
| 5059 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ | |
| 449 | 5060 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); |
| 5061 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5062 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5063 compl_col += curs_col; |
| 5064 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 5065 } |
| 5066 else | |
| 5067 { | |
| 5068 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5069 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character | |
| 5070 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ | |
| 5071 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5072 { | |
| 5073 int base_class; | |
| 5074 int head_off; | |
| 5075 | |
| 449 | 5076 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 5077 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); | |
| 5078 while (--startcol >= 0) | |
| 7 | 5079 { |
| 449 | 5080 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 5081 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol | |
| 5082 - head_off)) | |
| 7 | 5083 break; |
| 449 | 5084 startcol -= head_off; |
| 7 | 5085 } |
| 5086 } | |
| 5087 else | |
| 5088 #endif | |
| 449 | 5089 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 5090 ; |
| 449 | 5091 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 5092 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
| 5093 if (compl_length == 1) | |
| 7 | 5094 { |
| 5095 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb | |
| 5096 * there's no need to call quote_meta, | |
| 5097 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo | |
| 5098 */ | |
| 449 | 5099 compl_pattern = alloc(7); |
| 5100 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5101 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5102 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 5103 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); | |
| 5104 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); | |
| 7 | 5105 } |
| 5106 else | |
| 5107 { | |
| 449 | 5108 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 5109 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 5110 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 5111 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5112 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 5113 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, | |
| 5114 compl_length); | |
| 7 | 5115 } |
| 5116 } | |
| 5117 } | |
| 5118 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 5119 { | |
| 835 | 5120 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
| 449 | 5121 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; |
| 5122 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ | |
| 5123 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 5124 if (p_ic) |
| 449 | 5125 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, |
| 5126 NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 5127 else |
| 449 | 5128 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5129 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5130 return FAIL; |
| 5131 } | |
| 5132 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) | |
| 5133 { | |
| 449 | 5134 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 5135 ; |
| 449 | 5136 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 5137 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
| 5138 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, | |
| 5139 EXPAND_FILES); | |
| 5140 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5141 return FAIL; |
| 5142 } | |
| 5143 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 5144 { | |
| 449 | 5145 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); |
| 5146 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5147 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5148 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 5149 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col); | |
| 5150 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL | |
| 5151 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) | |
| 935 | 5152 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a |
| 5153 * "pattern not found" message. */ | |
| 897 | 5154 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 5155 else | |
| 935 | 5156 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); |
| 5157 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 7 | 5158 } |
| 523 | 5159 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 502 | 5160 { |
| 12 | 5161 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 5162 /* | |
| 502 | 5163 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" |
| 5164 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. | |
| 12 | 5165 */ |
| 502 | 5166 char_u *args[2]; |
| 452 | 5167 int col; |
| 502 | 5168 char_u *funcname; |
| 5169 pos_T pos; | |
| 2631 | 5170 win_T *curwin_save; |
| 5171 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
| 502 | 5172 |
| 523 | 5173 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a |
| 502 | 5174 * string */ |
| 5175 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 5176 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 5177 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 523 | 5178 { |
| 5179 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 5180 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); | |
| 12 | 5181 return FAIL; |
| 523 | 5182 } |
| 452 | 5183 |
| 5184 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; | |
| 502 | 5185 args[1] = NULL; |
| 5186 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2631 | 5187 curwin_save = curwin; |
| 5188 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
| 502 | 5189 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); |
| 2631 | 5190 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
| 5191 { | |
| 5192 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
| 5193 return FAIL; | |
| 5194 } | |
| 502 | 5195 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
| 2631 | 5196 check_cursor(); |
| 5197 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) | |
| 5198 { | |
| 5199 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
| 5200 return FAIL; | |
| 5201 } | |
| 502 | 5202 |
| 3302 | 5203 /* Return value -2 means the user complete function wants to |
| 3516 | 5204 * cancel the complete without an error. |
| 5205 * Return value -3 does the same as -2 and leaves CTRL-X mode.*/ | |
| 3302 | 5206 if (col == -2) |
| 5207 return FAIL; | |
| 3516 | 5208 if (col == -3) |
| 5209 { | |
| 5210 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 5211 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 5212 msg_clr_cmdline(); | |
| 5213 return FAIL; | |
| 5214 } | |
| 3302 | 5215 |
| 3078 | 5216 /* |
| 5217 * Reset extended parameters of completion, when start new | |
| 5218 * completion. | |
| 5219 */ | |
| 5220 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; | |
| 5221 | |
| 452 | 5222 if (col < 0) |
| 523 | 5223 col = curs_col; |
| 452 | 5224 compl_col = col; |
| 1872 | 5225 if (compl_col > curs_col) |
| 452 | 5226 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 449 | 5227 |
| 5228 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, | |
| 5229 * it may have become invalid. */ | |
| 5230 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 452 | 5231 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; |
| 449 | 5232 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5233 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 502 | 5234 #endif |
| 449 | 5235 return FAIL; |
| 5236 } | |
| 477 | 5237 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) |
| 5238 { | |
| 744 | 5239 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 497 | 5240 if (spell_bad_len > 0) |
| 5241 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; | |
| 5242 else | |
| 5243 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); | |
| 5244 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) | |
| 897 | 5245 { |
| 5246 compl_length = 0; | |
| 5247 compl_col = curs_col; | |
| 5248 } | |
| 5249 else | |
| 5250 { | |
| 5251 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); | |
| 5252 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 5253 } | |
| 818 | 5254 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ |
| 5255 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 477 | 5256 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5257 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 5258 #endif | |
| 5259 return FAIL; | |
| 5260 } | |
| 449 | 5261 else |
| 5262 { | |
| 5263 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()"); | |
| 5264 return FAIL; | |
| 5265 } | |
| 5266 | |
| 5267 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5268 { |
| 5269 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); | |
| 5270 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 5271 { | |
| 5272 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ | |
| 5273 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5274 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
| 5275 | |
| 5276 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; | |
| 5277 #endif | |
| 449 | 5278 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 5279 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 7 | 5280 ins_eol('\r'); |
| 5281 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5282 curbuf->b_p_com = old; | |
| 5283 #endif | |
| 449 | 5284 compl_length = 0; |
| 5285 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7 | 5286 } |
| 5287 } | |
| 5288 else | |
| 5289 { | |
| 5290 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 449 | 5291 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; |
| 5292 } | |
| 5293 | |
| 5294 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) | |
| 5295 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); | |
| 7 | 5296 else |
| 5297 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 5298 | |
| 3095 | 5299 /* If any of the original typed text has been changed we need to fix |
| 5300 * the redo buffer. */ | |
| 5301 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(NULL); | |
| 5302 | |
| 694 | 5303 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ |
| 5304 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 449 | 5305 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5306 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 5307 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 449 | 5308 { |
| 5309 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 5310 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 5311 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 5312 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5313 return FAIL; |
| 5314 } | |
| 5315 | |
| 5316 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must | |
| 5317 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no | |
| 5318 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. | |
| 5319 */ | |
| 5320 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); | |
| 5321 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5322 showmode(); | |
| 5323 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 5324 out_flush(); | |
| 5325 } | |
| 5326 | |
| 449 | 5327 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; |
| 5328 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
| 7 | 5329 |
| 5330 /* | |
| 665 | 5331 * Find next match (and following matches). |
| 7 | 5332 */ |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5333 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; |
| 681 | 5334 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c)); |
| 449 | 5335 |
| 540 | 5336 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ |
| 5337 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 5338 | |
| 449 | 5339 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ |
| 5340 compl_matches = n; | |
| 5341 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
| 5342 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; | |
| 857 | 5343 |
| 5344 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert | |
| 5345 * mode. */ | |
| 7 | 5346 if (got_int && !global_busy) |
| 5347 { | |
| 5348 (void)vgetc(); | |
| 5349 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 5350 } | |
| 5351 | |
| 449 | 5352 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ |
| 464 | 5353 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) |
| 449 | 5354 { |
| 5355 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 5356 && compl_length > 1 | |
| 7 | 5357 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); |
| 5358 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; | |
| 5359 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, | |
| 5360 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used | |
| 5361 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word | |
| 5362 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 5363 if ( compl_length > 1 |
| 5364 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5365 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 |
| 5366 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS | |
| 5367 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) | |
| 449 | 5368 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 5369 } | |
| 5370 | |
| 464 | 5371 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 449 | 5372 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5373 else |
| 449 | 5374 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5375 |
| 5376 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) | |
| 5377 { | |
| 464 | 5378 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 7 | 5379 { |
| 5380 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); | |
| 5381 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; | |
| 5382 } | |
| 449 | 5383 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 7 | 5384 { |
| 5385 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); | |
| 5386 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5387 } | |
| 464 | 5388 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) |
| 7 | 5389 { |
| 5390 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); | |
| 5391 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5392 } | |
| 5393 else | |
| 5394 { | |
| 5395 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ | |
| 464 | 5396 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) |
| 7 | 5397 { |
| 464 | 5398 int number = 0; |
| 5399 compl_T *match; | |
| 7 | 5400 |
| 449 | 5401 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) |
| 7 | 5402 { |
| 5403 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. | |
| 5404 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop | |
| 5405 * cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5406 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL |
| 5407 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5408 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5409 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5410 { |
| 464 | 5411 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5412 break; |
| 5413 } | |
| 5414 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5415 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned | |
| 5416 * yet */ | |
| 540 | 5417 for (match = match->cp_next; |
| 5418 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 464 | 5419 match = match->cp_next) |
| 5420 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5421 } |
| 5422 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 5423 { | |
| 5424 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) | |
| 5425 * number. This should normally succeed already at the | |
| 5426 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5427 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL |
| 5428 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5429 match = match->cp_next) | |
| 5430 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5431 { |
| 464 | 5432 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5433 break; |
| 5434 } | |
| 5435 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5436 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not | |
| 5437 * assigned yet */ | |
| 464 | 5438 for (match = match->cp_prev; match |
| 5439 && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 5440 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5441 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5442 } |
| 5443 } | |
| 5444 | |
| 540 | 5445 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is |
| 5446 * just a safety check. */ | |
| 464 | 5447 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) |
| 7 | 5448 { |
| 1063 | 5449 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. |
| 5450 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ | |
| 5451 static char_u match_ref[81]; | |
| 7 | 5452 |
| 449 | 5453 if (compl_matches > 0) |
| 1063 | 5454 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5455 _("match %d of %d"), | |
| 464 | 5456 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); |
| 7 | 5457 else |
| 1063 | 5458 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5459 _("match %d"), | |
| 5460 compl_curr_match->cp_number); | |
| 7 | 5461 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; |
| 5462 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; | |
| 3318 | 5463 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) |
| 7 | 5464 curs_columns(FALSE); |
| 5465 } | |
| 5466 } | |
| 5467 } | |
| 5468 | |
| 5469 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ | |
| 5470 showmode(); | |
| 5471 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 5472 { | |
| 5473 if (!p_smd) | |
| 5474 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, | |
| 5475 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT | |
| 5476 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); | |
| 5477 } | |
| 5478 else | |
| 5479 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ | |
| 5480 | |
| 857 | 5481 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ |
| 5482 if (!compl_interrupted) | |
| 5483 { | |
| 5484 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ | |
| 5485 n = RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 5486 RedrawingDisabled = 0; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5487 |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5488 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */ |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5489 setcursor(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5490 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow) |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5491 ins_compl_del_pum(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5492 |
| 857 | 5493 ins_compl_show_pum(); |
| 5494 setcursor(); | |
| 5495 RedrawingDisabled = n; | |
| 5496 } | |
| 874 | 5497 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; |
| 857 | 5498 compl_interrupted = FALSE; |
| 540 | 5499 |
| 7 | 5500 return OK; |
| 5501 } | |
| 5502 | |
| 5503 /* | |
| 5504 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. | |
| 5505 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with | |
| 5506 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. | |
| 5507 * Returns the length (needed) of dest | |
| 5508 */ | |
| 1872 | 5509 static unsigned |
| 7 | 5510 quote_meta(dest, src, len) |
| 5511 char_u *dest; | |
| 5512 char_u *src; | |
| 5513 int len; | |
| 5514 { | |
| 1872 | 5515 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ |
| 5516 | |
| 5517 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) | |
| 7 | 5518 { |
| 5519 switch (*src) | |
| 5520 { | |
| 5521 case '.': | |
| 5522 case '*': | |
| 5523 case '[': | |
| 5524 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5525 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5526 break; | |
| 5527 case '~': | |
| 5528 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ | |
| 5529 break; | |
| 5530 case '\\': | |
| 5531 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5532 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5533 break; | |
| 5534 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ | |
| 5535 case '$': | |
| 5536 m++; | |
| 5537 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5538 *dest++ = '\\'; | |
| 5539 break; | |
| 5540 } | |
| 5541 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5542 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 464 | 5543 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 5544 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ |
| 5545 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5546 { | |
| 5547 int i, mb_len; | |
| 5548 | |
| 474 | 5549 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; |
| 7 | 5550 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) |
| 5551 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) | |
| 5552 { | |
| 5553 --len; | |
| 5554 ++src; | |
| 5555 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5556 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 5557 } | |
| 5558 } | |
| 464 | 5559 # endif |
| 7 | 5560 } |
| 5561 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5562 *dest = NUL; | |
| 5563 | |
| 5564 return m; | |
| 5565 } | |
| 5566 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 5567 | |
| 5568 /* | |
| 5569 * Next character is interpreted literally. | |
| 5570 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. | |
| 5571 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). | |
| 5572 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. | |
| 5573 */ | |
| 5574 int | |
| 5575 get_literal() | |
| 5576 { | |
| 5577 int cc; | |
| 5578 int nc; | |
| 5579 int i; | |
| 5580 int hex = FALSE; | |
| 5581 int octal = FALSE; | |
| 5582 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5583 int unicode = 0; | |
| 5584 #endif | |
| 5585 | |
| 5586 if (got_int) | |
| 5587 return Ctrl_C; | |
| 5588 | |
| 5589 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5590 /* | |
| 5591 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. | |
| 5592 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would | |
| 5593 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be | |
| 5594 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb | |
| 5595 */ | |
| 5596 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5597 ++allow_keys; | |
| 5598 #endif | |
| 5599 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 5600 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 5601 #endif | |
| 5602 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 5603 cc = 0; | |
| 5604 i = 0; | |
| 5605 for (;;) | |
| 5606 { | |
| 1389 | 5607 nc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 5608 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 5609 if (!(State & CMDLINE) | |
| 5610 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5611 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 | |
| 5612 # endif | |
| 5613 ) | |
| 5614 add_to_showcmd(nc); | |
| 5615 #endif | |
| 5616 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') | |
| 5617 hex = TRUE; | |
| 5618 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') | |
| 5619 octal = TRUE; | |
| 5620 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5621 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') | |
| 5622 unicode = nc; | |
| 5623 #endif | |
| 5624 else | |
| 5625 { | |
| 5626 if (hex | |
| 5627 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5628 || unicode != 0 | |
| 5629 #endif | |
| 5630 ) | |
| 5631 { | |
| 5632 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) | |
| 5633 break; | |
| 5634 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); | |
| 5635 } | |
| 5636 else if (octal) | |
| 5637 { | |
| 5638 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') | |
| 5639 break; | |
| 5640 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5641 } | |
| 5642 else | |
| 5643 { | |
| 5644 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) | |
| 5645 break; | |
| 5646 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5647 } | |
| 5648 | |
| 5649 ++i; | |
| 5650 } | |
| 5651 | |
| 5652 if (cc > 255 | |
| 5653 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5654 && unicode == 0 | |
| 5655 #endif | |
| 5656 ) | |
| 5657 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ | |
| 5658 nc = 0; | |
| 5659 | |
| 5660 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ | |
| 5661 { | |
| 5662 if (i >= 2) | |
| 5663 break; | |
| 5664 } | |
| 5665 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5666 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ | |
| 5667 { | |
| 5668 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) | |
| 5669 break; | |
| 5670 } | |
| 5671 #endif | |
| 5672 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ | |
| 5673 break; | |
| 5674 } | |
| 5675 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ | |
| 5676 { | |
| 5677 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5678 { | |
| 5679 cc = '\n'; | |
| 5680 nc = 0; | |
| 5681 } | |
| 5682 else | |
| 5683 { | |
| 5684 cc = nc; | |
| 5685 nc = 0; | |
| 5686 } | |
| 5687 } | |
| 5688 | |
| 5689 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5690 cc = '\n'; | |
| 221 | 5691 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5692 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) | |
| 5693 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the | |
| 5694 second byte will cause trouble! */ | |
| 5695 #endif | |
| 7 | 5696 |
| 5697 --no_mapping; | |
| 5698 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5699 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5700 --allow_keys; | |
| 5701 #endif | |
| 5702 if (nc) | |
| 5703 vungetc(nc); | |
| 5704 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ | |
| 5705 return cc; | |
| 5706 } | |
| 5707 | |
| 5708 /* | |
| 5709 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask | |
| 5710 */ | |
| 5711 static void | |
| 5712 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv) | |
| 5713 int c; | |
| 5714 int allow_modmask; | |
| 5715 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ | |
| 5716 { | |
| 5717 char_u *p; | |
| 5718 int len; | |
| 5719 | |
| 5720 /* | |
| 5721 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is | |
| 5722 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace | |
| 5723 * mode. | |
| 5724 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, | |
| 5725 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. | |
| 5726 */ | |
| 5727 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 5728 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ | |
| 5729 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) | |
| 5730 allow_modmask = TRUE; | |
| 5731 #endif | |
| 5732 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) | |
| 5733 { | |
| 5734 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); | |
| 5735 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
| 5736 c = p[len - 1]; | |
| 5737 if (len > 2) | |
| 5738 { | |
| 5739 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 5740 return; | |
| 5741 p[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 5742 ins_str(p); | |
| 620 | 5743 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); |
| 7 | 5744 ctrlv = FALSE; |
| 5745 } | |
| 5746 } | |
| 5747 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 5748 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); | |
| 5749 } | |
| 5750 | |
| 5751 /* | |
| 5752 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other | |
| 5753 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC | |
| 5754 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to | |
| 5755 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by | |
| 5756 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should | |
| 5757 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. | |
| 5758 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. | |
| 5759 */ | |
| 5760 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 5761 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5762 #else | |
| 5763 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5764 #endif | |
| 5765 | |
| 5766 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5767 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) | |
| 5768 #else | |
| 5769 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) | |
| 5770 #endif | |
| 5771 | |
| 3584 | 5772 /* |
| 5773 * "flags": INSCHAR_FORMAT - force formatting | |
| 5774 * INSCHAR_CTRLV - char typed just after CTRL-V | |
| 5775 * INSCHAR_NO_FEX - don't use 'formatexpr' | |
| 5776 * | |
| 5777 * NOTE: passes the flags value straight through to internal_format() which, | |
| 5778 * beside INSCHAR_FORMAT (above), is also looking for these: | |
| 5779 * INSCHAR_DO_COM - format comments | |
| 5780 * INSCHAR_COM_LIST - format comments with num list or 2nd line indent | |
| 5781 */ | |
| 7 | 5782 void |
| 5783 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent) | |
| 5784 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */ | |
| 5785 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ | |
| 5786 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ | |
| 5787 { | |
| 5788 int textwidth; | |
| 5789 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5790 char_u *p; | |
| 667 | 5791 #endif |
| 7 | 5792 int fo_ins_blank; |
| 5793 | |
| 5794 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT); | |
| 5795 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
| 5796 | |
| 5797 /* | |
| 5798 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: | |
| 5799 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. | |
| 5800 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line | |
| 5801 * ends in white space. | |
| 5802 * - Otherwise: | |
| 5803 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank | |
| 5804 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless | |
| 5805 * we're in VREPLACE mode. | |
| 5806 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started | |
| 5807 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long | |
| 5808 * before the insert. | |
| 5809 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or | |
| 5810 * before 'textwidth' | |
| 5811 */ | |
| 667 | 5812 if (textwidth > 0 |
| 7 | 5813 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
| 5814 || (!vim_iswhite(c) | |
| 5815 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5816 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 5817 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5818 #endif | |
| 5819 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 5820 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 5821 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) | |
| 5822 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 5823 && (!fo_ins_blank | |
| 5824 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth | |
| 5825 )))))) | |
| 5826 { | |
| 667 | 5827 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting |
| 5828 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ | |
| 5829 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
| 1000 | 5830 int do_internal = TRUE; |
| 5831 | |
| 1563 | 5832 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0) |
| 1000 | 5833 { |
| 5834 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); | |
| 5835 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() | |
| 5836 * was called. */ | |
| 5837 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 5838 } | |
| 5839 if (do_internal) | |
| 667 | 5840 #endif |
| 2004 | 5841 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); |
| 667 | 5842 } |
| 5843 | |
| 7 | 5844 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ |
| 5845 return; | |
| 5846 | |
| 5847 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5848 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ | |
| 5849 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5850 { | |
| 5851 char_u *line; | |
| 5852 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 5853 int middle_len, end_len; | |
| 5854 int i; | |
| 5855 | |
| 5856 /* | |
| 5857 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end | |
| 5858 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. | |
| 5859 */ | |
| 3562 | 5860 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 7 | 5861 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ |
| 5862 { | |
| 5863 /* Skip middle-comment string */ | |
| 5864 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
| 5865 ++p; | |
| 5866 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5867 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ | |
| 5868 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) | |
| 5869 --middle_len; | |
| 5870 | |
| 5871 /* Find the end-comment string */ | |
| 5872 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
| 5873 ++p; | |
| 5874 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5875 | |
| 5876 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ | |
| 5877 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5878 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) | |
| 5879 ; | |
| 5880 i++; | |
| 5881 | |
| 5882 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ | |
| 5883 i -= middle_len; | |
| 5884 | |
| 5885 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ | |
| 5886 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5887 { | |
| 5888 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ | |
| 5889 backspace_until_column(i); | |
| 5890 | |
| 5891 /* | |
| 5892 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last | |
| 5893 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. | |
| 5894 */ | |
| 5895 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); | |
| 5896 } | |
| 5897 } | |
| 5898 } | |
| 5899 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
| 5900 #endif | |
| 5901 | |
| 5902 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 5903 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 5904 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 5905 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 5906 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 5907 #endif | |
| 5908 | |
| 5909 /* | |
| 5910 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. | |
| 5911 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. | |
| 5912 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might | |
| 5913 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what | |
| 5914 * 'paste' is set).. | |
| 3390 | 5915 * Don't do this when there an InsertCharPre autocommand is defined, |
| 5916 * because we need to fire the event for every character. | |
| 7 | 5917 */ |
| 5918 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 5919 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 5920 #endif | |
| 5921 | |
| 5922 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 5923 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5924 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) | |
| 5925 #endif | |
| 5926 && vpeekc() != NUL | |
| 5927 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5928 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 5929 && !cindent_on() | |
| 5930 #endif | |
| 5931 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5932 && !p_ri | |
| 5933 #endif | |
| 3390 | 5934 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 5935 && !has_insertcharpre() | |
| 5936 #endif | |
| 7 | 5937 ) |
| 5938 { | |
| 5939 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 | |
| 5940 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; | |
| 5941 int i; | |
| 5942 colnr_T virtcol = 0; | |
| 5943 | |
| 5944 buf[0] = c; | |
| 5945 i = 1; | |
| 667 | 5946 if (textwidth > 0) |
| 7 | 5947 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); |
| 5948 /* | |
| 5949 * Stop the string when: | |
| 5950 * - no more chars available | |
| 5951 * - finding a special character (command key) | |
| 5952 * - buffer is full | |
| 5953 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary | |
| 5954 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char | |
| 5955 */ | |
| 5956 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL | |
| 5957 && !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 5958 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5959 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) | |
| 5960 #endif | |
| 5961 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN | |
| 5962 && (textwidth == 0 | |
| 5963 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 5964 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) | |
| 5965 { | |
| 5966 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5967 c = vgetc(); | |
| 5968 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 5969 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 5970 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 5971 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 5972 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 5973 # endif | |
| 5974 buf[i++] = c; | |
| 5975 #else | |
| 5976 buf[i++] = vgetc(); | |
| 5977 #endif | |
| 5978 } | |
| 5979 | |
| 5980 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 5981 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 5982 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ | |
| 5983 #endif | |
| 5984 buf[i] = NUL; | |
| 5985 ins_str(buf); | |
| 5986 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 5987 { | |
| 5988 redo_literal(*buf); | |
| 5989 i = 1; | |
| 5990 } | |
| 5991 else | |
| 5992 i = 0; | |
| 5993 if (buf[i] != NUL) | |
| 620 | 5994 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); |
| 7 | 5995 } |
| 5996 else | |
| 5997 { | |
| 5998 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 667 | 5999 int cc; |
| 6000 | |
| 7 | 6001 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) |
| 6002 { | |
| 6003 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 6004 | |
| 6005 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 6006 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 6007 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 6008 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6009 } | |
| 6010 else | |
| 6011 #endif | |
| 6012 { | |
| 6013 ins_char(c); | |
| 6014 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 6015 redo_literal(c); | |
| 6016 else | |
| 6017 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6018 } | |
| 6019 } | |
| 6020 } | |
| 6021 | |
| 6022 /* | |
| 667 | 6023 * Format text at the current insert position. |
| 3584 | 6024 * |
| 6025 * If the INSCHAR_COM_LIST flag is present, then the value of second_indent | |
| 6026 * will be the comment leader length sent to open_line(). | |
| 667 | 6027 */ |
| 6028 static void | |
| 2004 | 6029 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c) |
| 667 | 6030 int textwidth; |
| 6031 int second_indent; | |
| 6032 int flags; | |
| 6033 int format_only; | |
| 2004 | 6034 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ |
| 667 | 6035 { |
| 6036 int cc; | |
| 6037 int save_char = NUL; | |
| 6038 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 6039 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
| 6040 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6041 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); | |
| 6042 #endif | |
| 6043 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
| 6044 int first_line = TRUE; | |
| 6045 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6046 colnr_T leader_len; | |
| 6047 int no_leader = FALSE; | |
| 6048 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); | |
| 6049 #endif | |
| 6050 | |
| 6051 /* | |
| 6052 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be | |
| 6053 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. | |
| 6054 */ | |
| 2004 | 6055 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai |
| 6056 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6057 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6058 #endif | |
| 6059 ) | |
| 667 | 6060 { |
| 6061 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6062 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 6063 { | |
| 6064 save_char = cc; | |
| 6065 pchar_cursor('x'); | |
| 6066 } | |
| 6067 } | |
| 6068 | |
| 6069 /* | |
| 6070 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. | |
| 6071 */ | |
| 6072 while (!got_int) | |
| 6073 { | |
| 6074 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ | |
| 6075 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ | |
| 6076 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ | |
| 6077 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ | |
| 6078 colnr_T len; | |
| 6079 colnr_T virtcol; | |
| 6080 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6081 int orig_col = 0; | |
| 6082 char_u *saved_text = NULL; | |
| 6083 #endif | |
| 6084 colnr_T col; | |
| 2004 | 6085 colnr_T end_col; |
| 6086 | |
| 6087 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 6088 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); | |
| 6089 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 667 | 6090 break; |
| 6091 | |
| 6092 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6093 if (no_leader) | |
| 6094 do_comments = FALSE; | |
| 6095 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 6096 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) | |
| 6097 do_comments = TRUE; | |
| 6098 | |
| 6099 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6100 if (do_comments) | |
| 3562 | 6101 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 667 | 6102 else |
| 6103 leader_len = 0; | |
| 6104 | |
| 6105 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't | |
| 6106 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word | |
| 6107 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines | |
| 6108 * to start with %. */ | |
| 6109 if (leader_len == 0) | |
| 6110 no_leader = TRUE; | |
| 6111 #endif | |
| 6112 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 6113 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6114 && leader_len == 0 | |
| 6115 #endif | |
| 6116 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) | |
| 6117 | |
| 6118 break; | |
| 6119 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) | |
| 6120 break; | |
| 6121 | |
| 6122 /* find column of textwidth border */ | |
| 6123 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); | |
| 6124 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6125 | |
| 2004 | 6126 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; |
| 667 | 6127 foundcol = 0; |
| 6128 | |
| 6129 /* | |
| 6130 * Find position to break at. | |
| 6131 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' | |
| 6132 */ | |
| 6133 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) | |
| 3162 | 6134 || (flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
| 667 | 6135 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum |
| 6136 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 6137 { | |
| 2004 | 6138 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) |
| 6139 cc = c; | |
| 6140 else | |
| 6141 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 667 | 6142 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 6143 { | |
| 6144 /* remember position of blank just before text */ | |
| 2004 | 6145 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 667 | 6146 |
| 6147 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ | |
| 6148 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6149 { | |
| 6150 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6151 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6152 } | |
| 6153 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6154 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ | |
| 6155 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6156 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6157 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6158 break; | |
| 6159 #endif | |
| 6160 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 6161 { | |
| 6162 /* do not break after one-letter words */ | |
| 6163 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6164 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ | |
| 2004 | 6165 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
| 6166 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ | |
| 6167 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) | |
| 6168 break; | |
| 6169 #endif | |
| 667 | 6170 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 6171 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6172 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6173 | |
| 6174 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6175 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ | |
| 6176 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6177 } | |
| 2004 | 6178 |
| 6179 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6180 | |
| 6181 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; | |
| 6182 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6183 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 667 | 6184 break; |
| 6185 } | |
| 6186 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2004 | 6187 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) |
| 667 | 6188 { |
| 6189 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ | |
| 2004 | 6190 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) |
| 6191 { | |
| 6192 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6193 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6194 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6195 break; | |
| 6196 #endif | |
| 6197 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6198 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6199 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ | |
| 6200 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 6201 { | |
| 6202 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6203 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 6204 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 6205 break; | |
| 6206 } | |
| 6207 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6208 } | |
| 6209 | |
| 6210 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6211 break; | |
| 6212 | |
| 6213 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6214 | |
| 6215 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6216 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6217 | |
| 6218 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6219 continue; /* break with space */ | |
| 6220 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6221 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6222 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6223 break; | |
| 6224 #endif | |
| 6225 | |
| 6226 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6227 | |
| 667 | 6228 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 6229 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 6230 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) |
| 6231 break; | |
| 667 | 6232 } |
| 6233 #endif | |
| 6234 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6235 break; | |
| 6236 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6237 } | |
| 6238 | |
| 6239 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ | |
| 6240 { | |
| 6241 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; | |
| 6242 break; | |
| 6243 } | |
| 6244 | |
| 6245 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ | |
| 6246 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 6247 | |
| 6248 /* | |
| 6249 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace | |
| 6250 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces | |
| 6251 * over the text instead. | |
| 6252 */ | |
| 6253 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6254 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6255 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ | |
| 6256 else | |
| 6257 #endif | |
| 2004 | 6258 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; |
| 667 | 6259 |
| 6260 /* | |
| 6261 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and | |
| 6262 * characters that will remain on top line | |
| 6263 */ | |
| 6264 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 6265 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 6266 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) | |
| 667 | 6267 inc_cursor(); |
| 6268 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6269 if (startcol < 0) | |
| 6270 startcol = 0; | |
| 6271 | |
| 6272 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6273 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6274 { | |
| 6275 /* | |
| 6276 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be | |
| 6277 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. | |
| 6278 */ | |
| 6279 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 6280 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 6281 if (saved_text == NULL) | |
| 6282 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ | |
| 6283 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; | |
| 6284 | |
| 6285 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ | |
| 6286 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6287 backspace_until_column(foundcol); | |
| 6288 } | |
| 6289 else | |
| 6290 #endif | |
| 6291 { | |
| 6292 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ | |
| 6293 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6294 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 6295 } | |
| 6296 | |
| 6297 /* | |
| 6298 * Split the line just before the margin. | |
| 6299 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. | |
| 6300 */ | |
| 6301 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX | |
| 6302 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) | |
| 6303 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6304 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) | |
| 3584 | 6305 + ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? OPENLINE_COM_LIST : 0) |
| 6306 #endif | |
| 6307 , ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? second_indent : old_indent)); | |
| 6308 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST)) | |
| 6309 old_indent = 0; | |
| 667 | 6310 |
| 6311 replace_offset = 0; | |
| 6312 if (first_line) | |
| 6313 { | |
| 3584 | 6314 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST)) |
| 6315 { | |
| 6316 /* | |
| 6317 * This section is for numeric lists w/o comments. If comment | |
| 6318 * indents are needed with numeric lists (formatoptions=nq), | |
| 6319 * then the INSCHAR_COM_LIST flag will cause the corresponding | |
| 6320 * OPENLINE_COM_LIST flag to be passed through to open_line() | |
| 6321 * (as seen above)... | |
| 6322 */ | |
| 6323 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) | |
| 6324 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1); | |
| 6325 if (second_indent >= 0) | |
| 6326 { | |
| 667 | 6327 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 3584 | 6328 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) |
| 6329 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, | |
| 6330 FALSE, NUL, TRUE); | |
| 6331 else | |
| 6332 #endif | |
| 6333 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 6334 } | |
| 667 | 6335 } |
| 6336 first_line = FALSE; | |
| 6337 } | |
| 6338 | |
| 6339 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6340 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6341 { | |
| 6342 /* | |
| 6343 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be | |
| 6344 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. | |
| 6345 */ | |
| 6346 ins_bytes(saved_text); | |
| 6347 vim_free(saved_text); | |
| 6348 } | |
| 6349 else | |
| 6350 #endif | |
| 6351 { | |
| 6352 /* | |
| 6353 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent | |
| 6354 * may have added or removed indent. | |
| 6355 */ | |
| 6356 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; | |
| 6357 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 6358 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
| 6359 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
| 6360 } | |
| 6361 | |
| 6362 haveto_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 6363 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 6364 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 6365 #endif | |
| 6366 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ | |
| 6367 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6368 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6369 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6370 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6371 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6372 #endif | |
| 6373 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 6374 } | |
| 6375 | |
| 6376 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ | |
| 6377 pchar_cursor(save_char); | |
| 6378 | |
| 6379 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) | |
| 6380 { | |
| 6381 update_topline(); | |
| 6382 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); | |
| 6383 } | |
| 6384 } | |
| 6385 | |
| 6386 /* | |
| 7 | 6387 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the |
| 6388 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. | |
| 6389 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. | |
| 6390 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be | |
| 6391 * saved here. | |
| 6392 */ | |
| 6393 void | |
| 6394 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line) | |
| 6395 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ | |
| 6396 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */ | |
| 6397 { | |
| 6398 pos_T pos; | |
| 6399 colnr_T len; | |
| 6400 char_u *old; | |
| 6401 char_u *new, *pnew; | |
| 6402 int wasatend; | |
| 301 | 6403 int cc; |
| 7 | 6404 |
| 6405 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) | |
| 6406 return; | |
| 6407 | |
| 6408 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6409 old = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6410 | |
| 6411 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6412 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6413 | |
| 6414 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the | |
| 6415 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is | |
| 6416 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. | |
| 6417 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white | |
| 6418 * next they are not joined back together. */ | |
| 1872 | 6419 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); |
| 7 | 6420 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) |
| 6421 { | |
| 6422 dec_cursor(); | |
| 301 | 6423 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6424 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
| 6425 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 7 | 6426 dec_cursor(); |
| 301 | 6427 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6428 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6429 { |
| 6430 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6431 return; | |
| 6432 } | |
| 6433 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6434 } | |
| 6435 | |
| 6436 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6437 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format | |
| 6438 * comments. */ | |
| 6439 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) | |
| 3562 | 6440 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE, TRUE) == 0) |
| 7 | 6441 return; |
| 6442 #endif | |
| 6443 | |
| 6444 /* | |
| 6445 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is | |
| 6446 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not | |
| 6447 * the start of a paragraph. | |
| 6448 */ | |
| 6449 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 6450 { | |
| 6451 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6452 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
| 6453 return; | |
| 6454 } | |
| 6455 | |
| 6456 /* | |
| 6457 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will | |
| 6458 * be adjusted for the text formatting. | |
| 6459 */ | |
| 6460 saved_cursor = pos; | |
| 1563 | 6461 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6462 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; |
| 6463 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
| 6464 | |
| 6465 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6466 { | |
| 6467 /* "cannot happen" */ | |
| 6468 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6469 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 6470 } | |
| 6471 else | |
| 6472 check_cursor_col(); | |
| 6473 | |
| 6474 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it | |
| 6475 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we | |
| 6476 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph | |
| 6477 * formatted. */ | |
| 6478 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 6479 { | |
| 6480 new = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 835 | 6481 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); |
| 7 | 6482 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) |
| 6483 { | |
| 6484 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); | |
| 6485 pnew[len] = ' '; | |
| 6486 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; | |
| 6487 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); | |
| 6488 /* remove the space later */ | |
| 6489 did_add_space = TRUE; | |
| 6490 } | |
| 6491 else | |
| 6492 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6493 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6494 } | |
| 6495 | |
| 6496 check_cursor(); | |
| 6497 } | |
| 6498 | |
| 6499 /* | |
| 6500 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, | |
| 6501 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert | |
| 6502 * position. | |
| 6503 */ | |
| 6504 static void | |
| 6505 check_auto_format(end_insert) | |
| 6506 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ | |
| 6507 { | |
| 6508 int c = ' '; | |
| 301 | 6509 int cc; |
| 7 | 6510 |
| 6511 if (did_add_space) | |
| 6512 { | |
| 301 | 6513 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6514 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6515 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ |
| 6516 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6517 else | |
| 6518 { | |
| 6519 if (!end_insert) | |
| 6520 { | |
| 6521 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6522 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6523 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6524 } | |
| 6525 if (c != NUL) | |
| 6526 { | |
| 6527 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ | |
| 6528 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 6529 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6530 } | |
| 6531 } | |
| 6532 } | |
| 6533 } | |
| 6534 | |
| 6535 /* | |
| 6536 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: | |
| 6537 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it | |
| 6538 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' | |
| 6539 * if invalid value, use 0. | |
| 6540 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. | |
| 6541 */ | |
| 6542 int | |
| 6543 comp_textwidth(ff) | |
| 867 | 6544 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ |
| 7 | 6545 { |
| 6546 int textwidth; | |
| 6547 | |
| 6548 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 6549 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) | |
| 6550 { | |
| 6551 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the | |
| 6552 * things that add to the margin. */ | |
| 6553 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; | |
| 6554 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 6555 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 6556 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6557 #endif | |
| 6558 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6559 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; | |
| 6560 #endif | |
| 6561 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 6562 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
| 6563 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 6564 || netbeans_active() |
| 7 | 6565 # endif |
| 6566 ) | |
| 6567 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6568 #endif | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2107
diff
changeset
|
6569 if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 6570 textwidth -= 8; |
| 6571 } | |
| 6572 if (textwidth < 0) | |
| 6573 textwidth = 0; | |
| 6574 if (ff && textwidth == 0) | |
| 6575 { | |
| 6576 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; | |
| 6577 if (textwidth > 79) | |
| 6578 textwidth = 79; | |
| 6579 } | |
| 6580 return textwidth; | |
| 6581 } | |
| 6582 | |
| 6583 /* | |
| 6584 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. | |
| 6585 */ | |
| 6586 static void | |
| 6587 redo_literal(c) | |
| 6588 int c; | |
| 6589 { | |
| 6590 char_u buf[10]; | |
| 6591 | |
| 6592 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of | |
| 6593 * three digits. */ | |
| 6594 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
| 6595 { | |
| 1872 | 6596 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); |
| 7 | 6597 AppendToRedobuff(buf); |
| 6598 } | |
| 6599 else | |
| 6600 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6601 } | |
| 6602 | |
| 6603 /* | |
| 6604 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. | |
| 484 | 6605 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. |
| 7 | 6606 */ |
| 6607 static void | |
| 6608 start_arrow(end_insert_pos) | |
| 840 | 6609 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */ |
| 7 | 6610 { |
| 6611 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */ | |
| 6612 { | |
| 6613 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); | |
| 6614 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE); | |
| 6615 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ | |
| 6616 } | |
| 744 | 6617 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6618 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 6619 #endif | |
| 7 | 6620 } |
| 6621 | |
| 744 | 6622 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6623 /* |
| 6624 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. | |
| 6625 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. | |
| 6626 */ | |
| 6627 static void | |
| 6628 check_spell_redraw() | |
| 6629 { | |
| 6630 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) | |
| 6631 { | |
| 6632 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; | |
| 6633 | |
| 6634 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; | |
| 6635 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); | |
| 6636 } | |
| 6637 } | |
| 484 | 6638 |
| 6639 /* | |
| 6640 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly | |
| 6641 * spelled word, if there is one. | |
| 6642 */ | |
| 6643 static void | |
| 6644 spell_back_to_badword() | |
| 6645 { | |
| 6646 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6647 | |
| 499 | 6648 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); |
| 484 | 6649 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) |
| 6650 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 6651 } | |
| 221 | 6652 #endif |
| 6653 | |
| 7 | 6654 /* |
| 6655 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. | |
| 6656 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. | |
| 6657 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. | |
| 6658 */ | |
| 6659 int | |
| 6660 stop_arrow() | |
| 6661 { | |
| 6662 if (arrow_used) | |
| 6663 { | |
| 6664 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
| 6665 { | |
| 6666 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 6667 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6668 } | |
| 6669 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ | |
| 1869 | 6670 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
| 7 | 6671 ai_col = 0; |
| 6672 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6673 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6674 { | |
| 6675 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6676 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 6677 } | |
| 6678 #endif | |
| 6679 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 6680 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ | |
| 613 | 6681 new_insert_skip = 2; |
| 7 | 6682 } |
| 6683 else if (ins_need_undo) | |
| 6684 { | |
| 6685 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
| 6686 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6687 } | |
| 6688 | |
| 6689 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6690 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ | |
| 6691 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 6692 #endif | |
| 6693 | |
| 6694 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); | |
| 6695 } | |
| 6696 | |
| 6697 /* | |
| 840 | 6698 * Do a few things to stop inserting. |
| 6699 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped | |
| 6700 * to another window/buffer. | |
| 7 | 6701 */ |
| 6702 static void | |
| 6703 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc) | |
| 840 | 6704 pos_T *end_insert_pos; |
| 603 | 6705 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */ |
| 7 | 6706 { |
| 603 | 6707 int cc; |
| 6708 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7 | 6709 |
| 6710 stop_redo_ins(); | |
| 6711 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ | |
| 6712 | |
| 6713 /* | |
| 603 | 6714 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. |
| 6715 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, | |
| 6716 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". | |
| 7 | 6717 */ |
| 603 | 6718 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 615 | 6719 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL |
| 6720 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) | |
| 603 | 6721 { |
| 6722 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6723 last_insert = ptr; | |
| 6724 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; | |
| 6725 } | |
| 6726 else | |
| 6727 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 7 | 6728 |
| 840 | 6729 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) |
| 7 | 6730 { |
| 6731 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an | |
| 6732 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending | |
| 6733 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something | |
| 6734 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ | |
| 10 | 6735 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) |
| 7 | 6736 { |
| 10 | 6737 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6738 | |
| 7 | 6739 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the |
| 6740 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by | |
| 6741 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ | |
| 6742 cc = 'x'; | |
| 6743 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 6744 { | |
| 6745 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6746 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6747 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 10 | 6748 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; |
| 7 | 6749 } |
| 6750 | |
| 6751 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 6752 | |
| 10 | 6753 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) |
| 6754 { | |
| 6755 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 6756 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6757 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6758 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep | |
| 6759 * the "coladd". */ | |
| 6760 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
| 6761 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum | |
| 6762 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) | |
| 6763 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; | |
| 6764 #endif | |
| 6765 } | |
| 7 | 6766 } |
| 6767 | |
| 6768 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ | |
| 6769 check_auto_format(TRUE); | |
| 6770 | |
| 6771 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end | |
| 10 | 6772 * of the line, and put the cursor back. |
| 1892 | 6773 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. |
| 6774 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text | |
| 6775 * got changed unexpectedly. */ | |
| 10 | 6776 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL |
| 1892 | 6777 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) |
| 6778 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7 | 6779 { |
| 10 | 6780 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6781 | |
| 6782 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; | |
| 1892 | 6783 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ |
| 786 | 6784 for (;;) |
| 6785 { | |
| 6786 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 6787 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6788 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6789 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 6790 break; | |
| 1892 | 6791 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) |
| 6792 break; /* should not happen */ | |
| 786 | 6793 } |
| 10 | 6794 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) |
| 6795 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; | |
| 6796 else if (cc != NUL) | |
| 7 | 6797 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ |
| 6798 | |
| 6799 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 6800 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for | |
| 6801 * deleted characters. */ | |
| 6802 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 6803 { | |
| 1872 | 6804 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); |
| 6805 | |
| 6806 if (VIsual.col > len) | |
| 7 | 6807 { |
| 1872 | 6808 VIsual.col = len; |
| 7 | 6809 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 6810 VIsual.coladd = 0; | |
| 6811 # endif | |
| 6812 } | |
| 6813 } | |
| 6814 #endif | |
| 6815 } | |
| 6816 } | |
| 6817 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6818 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6819 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6820 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6821 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6822 #endif | |
| 6823 | |
| 840 | 6824 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are |
| 6825 * now in a different buffer. */ | |
| 6826 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) | |
| 6827 { | |
| 6828 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; | |
| 6829 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; | |
| 6830 } | |
| 7 | 6831 } |
| 6832 | |
| 6833 /* | |
| 6834 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. | |
| 6835 * Used for the replace command. | |
| 6836 */ | |
| 6837 void | |
| 6838 set_last_insert(c) | |
| 6839 int c; | |
| 6840 { | |
| 6841 char_u *s; | |
| 6842 | |
| 6843 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6844 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); | |
| 6845 if (last_insert != NULL) | |
| 6846 { | |
| 6847 s = last_insert; | |
| 6848 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ | |
| 6849 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) | |
| 6850 *s++ = Ctrl_V; | |
| 6851 s = add_char2buf(c, s); | |
| 6852 *s++ = ESC; | |
| 6853 *s++ = NUL; | |
| 6854 last_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 6855 } | |
| 6856 } | |
| 6857 | |
| 359 | 6858 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 6859 void | |
| 6860 free_last_insert() | |
| 6861 { | |
| 6862 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6863 last_insert = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 6864 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 694 | 6865 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 6866 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 6867 # endif |
| 359 | 6868 } |
| 6869 #endif | |
| 6870 | |
| 7 | 6871 /* |
| 6872 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL | |
| 6873 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. | |
| 6874 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. | |
| 6875 */ | |
| 6876 char_u * | |
| 6877 add_char2buf(c, s) | |
| 6878 int c; | |
| 6879 char_u *s; | |
| 6880 { | |
| 6881 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3549 | 6882 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 7 | 6883 int i; |
| 6884 int len; | |
| 6885 | |
| 6886 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); | |
| 6887 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
| 6888 { | |
| 6889 c = temp[i]; | |
| 6890 #endif | |
| 6891 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ | |
| 6892 if (c == K_SPECIAL) | |
| 6893 { | |
| 6894 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 6895 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; | |
| 6896 *s++ = KE_FILLER; | |
| 6897 } | |
| 6898 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 6899 else if (c == CSI) | |
| 6900 { | |
| 6901 *s++ = CSI; | |
| 6902 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 6903 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; | |
| 6904 } | |
| 6905 #endif | |
| 6906 else | |
| 6907 *s++ = c; | |
| 6908 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6909 } | |
| 6910 #endif | |
| 6911 return s; | |
| 6912 } | |
| 6913 | |
| 6914 /* | |
| 6915 * move cursor to start of line | |
| 6916 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white | |
| 6917 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, | |
| 6918 * otherwise keep "curswant" column | |
| 6919 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. | |
| 6920 */ | |
| 6921 void | |
| 6922 beginline(flags) | |
| 6923 int flags; | |
| 6924 { | |
| 6925 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) | |
| 6926 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 6927 else | |
| 6928 { | |
| 6929 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6930 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6931 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 6932 #endif | |
| 6933 | |
| 6934 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) | |
| 6935 { | |
| 6936 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6937 | |
| 6938 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) | |
| 6939 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) | |
| 6940 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6941 } | |
| 6942 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6943 } | |
| 6944 } | |
| 6945 | |
| 6946 /* | |
| 6947 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up | |
| 6948 * | |
| 6949 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. | |
| 773 | 6950 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. |
| 7 | 6951 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. |
| 6952 */ | |
| 6953 | |
| 6954 int | |
| 6955 oneright() | |
| 6956 { | |
| 6957 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6958 int l; | |
| 6959 | |
| 6960 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6961 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 6962 { | |
| 6963 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6964 | |
| 6965 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ | |
| 6966 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 6967 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 773 | 6968 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 6969 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) |
| 773 | 6970 # else |
| 7 | 6971 *ptr |
| 773 | 6972 # endif |
| 7 | 6973 )) |
| 6974 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); | |
| 6975 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6976 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ | |
| 6977 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 6978 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 6979 } | |
| 6980 #endif | |
| 6981 | |
| 6982 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 773 | 6983 if (*ptr == NUL) |
| 6984 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ | |
| 6985 | |
| 7 | 6986 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 773 | 6987 if (has_mbyte) |
| 6988 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 7 | 6989 else |
| 6990 #endif | |
| 773 | 6991 l = 1; |
| 6992 | |
| 6993 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' | |
| 6994 * contains "onemore". */ | |
| 6995 if (ptr[l] == NUL | |
| 6996 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6997 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
| 6998 #endif | |
| 6999 ) | |
| 7000 return FAIL; | |
| 7001 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 7 | 7002 |
| 7003 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7004 return OK; | |
| 7005 } | |
| 7006 | |
| 7007 int | |
| 7008 oneleft() | |
| 7009 { | |
| 7010 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 7011 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 7012 { | |
| 7013 int width; | |
| 7014 int v = getviscol(); | |
| 7015 | |
| 7016 if (v == 0) | |
| 7017 return FAIL; | |
| 7018 | |
| 7019 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 7020 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ | |
| 7021 width = 1; | |
| 7022 for (;;) | |
| 7023 { | |
| 7024 coladvance(v - width); | |
| 7025 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and | |
| 7026 * there are no multi-byte characters */ | |
| 7027 if ((*p_sbr == NUL | |
| 7028 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7029 && !has_mbyte | |
| 7030 # endif | |
| 7031 ) || getviscol() < v) | |
| 7032 break; | |
| 7033 ++width; | |
| 7034 } | |
| 7035 # else | |
| 7036 coladvance(v - 1); | |
| 7037 # endif | |
| 7038 | |
| 7039 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) | |
| 7040 { | |
| 7041 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7042 | |
| 7043 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ | |
| 7044 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 7045 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 7046 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7047 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) | |
| 7048 # else | |
| 7049 *ptr | |
| 7050 # endif | |
| 7051 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) | |
| 7052 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 7053 } | |
| 7054 | |
| 7055 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7056 return OK; | |
| 7057 } | |
| 7058 #endif | |
| 7059 | |
| 7060 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 7061 return FAIL; | |
| 7062 | |
| 7063 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7064 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7065 | |
| 7066 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7067 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte | |
| 7068 * character, move to its first byte */ | |
| 7069 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7070 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 7071 #endif | |
| 7072 return OK; | |
| 7073 } | |
| 7074 | |
| 7075 int | |
| 7076 cursor_up(n, upd_topline) | |
| 7077 long n; | |
| 7078 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 7079 { | |
| 7080 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7081 | |
| 7082 if (n > 0) | |
| 7083 { | |
| 7084 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 161 | 7085 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count |
| 7086 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
| 7087 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 7088 return FAIL; |
| 7089 if (n >= lnum) | |
| 7090 lnum = 1; | |
| 7091 else | |
| 7092 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7093 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 7094 { | |
| 7095 /* | |
| 7096 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. | |
| 7097 */ | |
| 7098 /* go to the the start of the current fold */ | |
| 7099 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
| 7100 | |
| 7101 while (n--) | |
| 7102 { | |
| 7103 /* move up one line */ | |
| 7104 --lnum; | |
| 7105 if (lnum <= 1) | |
| 7106 break; | |
| 7107 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in | |
| 7108 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open | |
| 7109 * in a moment. */ | |
| 7110 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) | |
| 7111 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
| 7112 } | |
| 7113 if (lnum < 1) | |
| 7114 lnum = 1; | |
| 7115 } | |
| 7116 else | |
| 7117 #endif | |
| 7118 lnum -= n; | |
| 7119 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 7120 } | |
| 7121 | |
| 7122 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 7123 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 7124 | |
| 7125 if (upd_topline) | |
| 7126 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 7127 | |
| 7128 return OK; | |
| 7129 } | |
| 7130 | |
| 7131 /* | |
| 7132 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. | |
| 7133 */ | |
| 7134 int | |
| 7135 cursor_down(n, upd_topline) | |
| 7136 long n; | |
| 7137 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 7138 { | |
| 7139 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7140 | |
| 7141 if (n > 0) | |
| 7142 { | |
| 7143 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 7144 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7145 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ | |
| 7146 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
| 7147 #endif | |
| 161 | 7148 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move |
| 7149 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
| 7150 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 7151 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 7152 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 7153 return FAIL; |
| 7154 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7155 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 7156 else | |
| 7157 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7158 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 7159 { | |
| 7160 linenr_T last; | |
| 7161 | |
| 7162 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ | |
| 7163 while (n--) | |
| 7164 { | |
| 7165 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) | |
| 7166 lnum = last + 1; | |
| 7167 else | |
| 7168 ++lnum; | |
| 7169 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7170 break; | |
| 7171 } | |
| 7172 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7173 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 7174 } | |
| 7175 else | |
| 7176 #endif | |
| 7177 lnum += n; | |
| 7178 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 7179 } | |
| 7180 | |
| 7181 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 7182 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 7183 | |
| 7184 if (upd_topline) | |
| 7185 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 7186 | |
| 7187 return OK; | |
| 7188 } | |
| 7189 | |
| 7190 /* | |
| 7191 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. | |
| 7192 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we | |
| 7193 * first have to remove the command. | |
| 7194 */ | |
| 7195 int | |
| 7196 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc) | |
| 7197 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */ | |
| 7198 long count; /* Repeat this many times */ | |
| 7199 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ | |
| 7200 { | |
| 7201 char_u *esc_ptr; | |
| 7202 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7203 char_u *last_ptr; | |
| 7204 char_u last = NUL; | |
| 7205 | |
| 7206 ptr = get_last_insert(); | |
| 7207 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 7208 { | |
| 7209 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
| 7210 return FAIL; | |
| 7211 } | |
| 7212 | |
| 7213 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ | |
| 7214 if (c != NUL) | |
| 7215 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 7216 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) | |
| 7217 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ | |
| 7218 | |
| 7219 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC | |
| 7220 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" | |
| 7221 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo | |
| 7222 */ | |
| 7223 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; | |
| 7224 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') | |
| 7225 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) | |
| 7226 { | |
| 7227 last = *last_ptr; | |
| 7228 *last_ptr = NUL; | |
| 7229 } | |
| 7230 | |
| 7231 do | |
| 7232 { | |
| 7233 stuffReadbuff(ptr); | |
| 7234 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ | |
| 7235 if (last) | |
| 7236 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' | |
| 7237 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") | |
| 7238 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); | |
| 7239 } | |
| 7240 while (--count > 0); | |
| 7241 | |
| 7242 if (last) | |
| 7243 *last_ptr = last; | |
| 7244 | |
| 7245 if (esc_ptr != NULL) | |
| 7246 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ | |
| 7247 | |
| 7248 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ | |
| 7249 if (!no_esc) | |
| 7250 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); | |
| 7251 | |
| 7252 return OK; | |
| 7253 } | |
| 7254 | |
| 7255 char_u * | |
| 7256 get_last_insert() | |
| 7257 { | |
| 7258 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 7259 return NULL; | |
| 7260 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; | |
| 7261 } | |
| 7262 | |
| 7263 /* | |
| 7264 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. | |
| 7265 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. | |
| 7266 */ | |
| 7267 char_u * | |
| 7268 get_last_insert_save() | |
| 7269 { | |
| 7270 char_u *s; | |
| 7271 int len; | |
| 7272 | |
| 7273 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 7274 return NULL; | |
| 7275 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); | |
| 7276 if (s != NULL) | |
| 7277 { | |
| 7278 len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 7279 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ | |
| 7280 s[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 7281 } | |
| 7282 return s; | |
| 7283 } | |
| 7284 | |
| 7285 /* | |
| 7286 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. | |
| 7287 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. | |
| 7288 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and | |
| 7289 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". | |
| 7290 */ | |
| 7291 static int | |
| 7292 echeck_abbr(c) | |
| 7293 int c; | |
| 7294 { | |
| 7295 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just | |
| 7296 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ | |
| 7297 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) | |
| 7298 return FALSE; | |
| 7299 | |
| 7300 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
| 7301 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); | |
| 7302 } | |
| 7303 | |
| 7304 /* | |
| 7305 * replace-stack functions | |
| 7306 * | |
| 7307 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each | |
| 7308 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. | |
| 7309 * | |
| 7310 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is | |
| 7311 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL | |
| 7312 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. | |
| 7313 * | |
| 7314 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters | |
| 7315 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor | |
| 7316 * that were deleted (always white space). | |
| 7317 * | |
| 7318 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new | |
| 7319 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many | |
| 7320 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. | |
| 7321 */ | |
| 7322 | |
| 298 | 7323 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; |
| 7324 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ | |
| 7325 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ | |
| 7 | 7326 |
| 7327 void | |
| 7328 replace_push(c) | |
| 7329 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ | |
| 7330 { | |
| 7331 char_u *p; | |
| 7332 | |
| 7333 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 7334 return; | |
| 7335 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) | |
| 7336 { | |
| 7337 replace_stack_len += 50; | |
| 7338 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); | |
| 7339 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 7340 { | |
| 7341 replace_stack_len -= 50; | |
| 7342 return; | |
| 7343 } | |
| 7344 if (replace_stack != NULL) | |
| 7345 { | |
| 7346 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, | |
| 7347 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7348 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7349 } | |
| 7350 replace_stack = p; | |
| 7351 } | |
| 7352 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; | |
| 7353 if (replace_offset) | |
| 7354 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7355 *p = c; | |
| 7356 ++replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7357 } | |
| 7358 | |
| 1470 | 7359 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7360 /* | |
| 7361 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in | |
| 7362 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. | |
| 7363 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). | |
| 7364 */ | |
| 7365 int | |
| 7366 replace_push_mb(p) | |
| 7367 char_u *p; | |
| 7368 { | |
| 7369 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); | |
| 7370 int j; | |
| 7371 | |
| 7372 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) | |
| 7373 replace_push(p[j]); | |
| 7374 return l; | |
| 7375 } | |
| 7376 #endif | |
| 7377 | |
| 7 | 7378 /* |
| 7379 * Pop one item from the replace stack. | |
| 7380 * return -1 if stack empty | |
| 7381 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise | |
| 7382 */ | |
| 7383 static int | |
| 7384 replace_pop() | |
| 7385 { | |
| 7386 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) | |
| 7387 return -1; | |
| 7388 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; | |
| 7389 } | |
| 7390 | |
| 7391 /* | |
| 7392 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL | |
| 7393 * encountered. | |
| 7394 */ | |
| 7395 static void | |
| 7396 replace_join(off) | |
| 7397 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */ | |
| 7398 { | |
| 7399 int i; | |
| 7400 | |
| 7401 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 7402 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) | |
| 7403 { | |
| 7404 --replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7405 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, | |
| 7406 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); | |
| 7407 return; | |
| 7408 } | |
| 7409 } | |
| 7410 | |
| 7411 /* | |
| 7412 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them | |
| 7413 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. | |
| 7414 */ | |
| 7415 static void | |
| 7416 replace_pop_ins() | |
| 7417 { | |
| 7418 int cc; | |
| 7419 int oldState = State; | |
| 7420 | |
| 7421 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ | |
| 7422 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) | |
| 7423 { | |
| 7424 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7425 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 7426 #else | |
| 7427 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7428 #endif | |
| 7429 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7430 } | |
| 7431 State = oldState; | |
| 7432 } | |
| 7433 | |
| 7434 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7435 /* | |
| 7436 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it | |
| 7437 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. | |
| 7438 */ | |
| 7439 static void | |
| 7440 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc) | |
| 7441 int cc; | |
| 7442 { | |
| 7443 int n; | |
| 3549 | 7444 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 7 | 7445 int i; |
| 7446 int c; | |
| 7447 | |
| 7448 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) | |
| 7449 { | |
| 7450 buf[0] = cc; | |
| 7451 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7452 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7453 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7454 } | |
| 7455 else | |
| 7456 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7457 | |
| 7458 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7459 /* Handle composing chars. */ | |
| 7460 for (;;) | |
| 7461 { | |
| 7462 c = replace_pop(); | |
| 7463 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ | |
| 7464 break; | |
| 7465 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) | |
| 7466 { | |
| 7467 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ | |
| 7468 replace_push(c); | |
| 7469 break; | |
| 7470 } | |
| 7471 else | |
| 7472 { | |
| 7473 buf[0] = c; | |
| 7474 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7475 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7476 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) | |
| 7477 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7478 else | |
| 7479 { | |
| 7480 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ | |
| 7481 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) | |
| 7482 replace_push(buf[i]); | |
| 7483 break; | |
| 7484 } | |
| 7485 } | |
| 7486 } | |
| 7487 } | |
| 7488 #endif | |
| 7489 | |
| 7490 /* | |
| 7491 * make the replace stack empty | |
| 7492 * (called when exiting replace mode) | |
| 7493 */ | |
| 7494 static void | |
| 7495 replace_flush() | |
| 7496 { | |
| 7497 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7498 replace_stack = NULL; | |
| 7499 replace_stack_len = 0; | |
| 7500 replace_stack_nr = 0; | |
| 7501 } | |
| 7502 | |
| 7503 /* | |
| 7504 * Handle doing a BS for one character. | |
| 7505 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor | |
| 7506 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it | |
| 7507 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back | |
| 7508 * and check for more characters to be put back | |
| 1782 | 7509 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when |
| 7510 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). | |
| 7 | 7511 */ |
| 7512 static void | |
| 1782 | 7513 replace_do_bs(limit_col) |
| 7514 int limit_col; | |
| 7 | 7515 { |
| 7516 int cc; | |
| 7517 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7518 int orig_len = 0; | |
| 7519 int ins_len; | |
| 7520 int orig_vcols = 0; | |
| 7521 colnr_T start_vcol; | |
| 7522 char_u *p; | |
| 7523 int i; | |
| 7524 int vcol; | |
| 7525 #endif | |
| 7526 | |
| 7527 cc = replace_pop(); | |
| 7528 if (cc > 0) | |
| 7529 { | |
| 7530 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7531 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7532 { | |
| 7533 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are | |
| 7534 * going to delete. */ | |
| 7535 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); | |
| 7536 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); | |
| 7537 } | |
| 7538 #endif | |
| 7539 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7540 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7541 { | |
| 1782 | 7542 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7543 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 7544 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7545 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 7546 # endif |
| 7547 replace_push(cc); | |
| 7548 } | |
| 7549 else | |
| 7550 #endif | |
| 7551 { | |
| 7552 pchar_cursor(cc); | |
| 7553 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7554 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7555 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; |
| 7 | 7556 #endif |
| 7557 } | |
| 7558 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 7559 | |
| 7560 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7561 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7562 { | |
| 7563 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ | |
| 7564 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 835 | 7565 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; |
| 7 | 7566 vcol = start_vcol; |
| 7567 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) | |
| 7568 { | |
| 7569 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); | |
| 7570 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 7571 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; |
| 7 | 7572 #endif |
| 7573 } | |
| 7574 vcol -= start_vcol; | |
| 7575 | |
| 7576 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the | |
| 7577 * text aligned. */ | |
| 7578 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; | |
| 7579 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') | |
| 7580 { | |
| 7581 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 7582 ++orig_vcols; | |
| 7583 } | |
| 7584 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; | |
| 7585 } | |
| 7586 #endif | |
| 7587 | |
| 7588 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 7589 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 7590 } | |
| 7591 else if (cc == 0) | |
| 1782 | 7592 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7593 } |
| 7594 | |
| 7595 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7596 /* | |
| 7597 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. | |
| 7598 */ | |
| 7599 static int | |
| 7600 cindent_on() | |
| 7601 { | |
| 7602 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 7603 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 7604 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
| 7605 # endif | |
| 7606 )); | |
| 7607 } | |
| 7608 #endif | |
| 7609 | |
| 7610 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7611 /* | |
| 7612 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the | |
| 7613 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very | |
| 7614 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. | |
| 7615 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. | |
| 7616 */ | |
| 7617 | |
| 7618 void | |
| 7619 fixthisline(get_the_indent) | |
| 7620 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7621 { | |
| 1516 | 7622 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 7623 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
| 7624 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ | |
| 7625 } | |
| 7626 | |
| 7627 void | |
| 7628 fix_indent() | |
| 7629 { | |
| 7630 if (p_paste) | |
| 7631 return; | |
| 7632 # ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
| 7633 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
| 7634 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
| 7635 # endif | |
| 7636 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
| 7637 else | |
| 7638 # endif | |
| 7639 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7640 if (cindent_on()) | |
| 7641 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 7642 # endif | |
| 7643 } | |
| 7644 | |
| 7645 #endif | |
| 7646 | |
| 7647 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7648 /* | |
| 7649 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", | |
| 7650 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) | |
| 7651 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert) | |
| 7652 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) | |
| 7653 * | |
| 7654 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: | |
| 7655 * KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
| 7656 * KEY_OPEN_BACK | |
| 7657 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. | |
| 7658 * | |
| 7659 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. | |
| 7660 */ | |
| 7661 int | |
| 7662 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty) | |
| 7663 int keytyped; | |
| 7664 int when; | |
| 7665 int line_is_empty; | |
| 7666 { | |
| 7667 char_u *look; | |
| 7668 int try_match; | |
| 7669 int try_match_word; | |
| 7670 char_u *p; | |
| 7671 char_u *line; | |
| 7672 int icase; | |
| 7673 int i; | |
| 7674 | |
| 2025 | 7675 if (keytyped == NUL) |
| 7676 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ | |
| 7677 return FALSE; | |
| 7678 | |
| 7 | 7679 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 7680 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
| 7681 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ | |
| 7682 else | |
| 7683 #endif | |
| 7684 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ | |
| 7685 while (*look) | |
| 7686 { | |
| 7687 /* | |
| 7688 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on | |
| 7689 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. | |
| 7690 */ | |
| 7691 switch (when) | |
| 7692 { | |
| 7693 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; | |
| 7694 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; | |
| 7695 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; | |
| 7696 } | |
| 7697 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') | |
| 7698 ++look; | |
| 7699 | |
| 7700 /* | |
| 7701 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. | |
| 7702 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. | |
| 7703 */ | |
| 7704 if (*look == '0') | |
| 7705 { | |
| 7706 try_match_word = try_match; | |
| 7707 if (!line_is_empty) | |
| 7708 try_match = FALSE; | |
| 7709 ++look; | |
| 7710 } | |
| 7711 else | |
| 7712 try_match_word = FALSE; | |
| 7713 | |
| 7714 /* | |
| 7715 * does it look like a control character? | |
| 7716 */ | |
| 7717 if (*look == '^' | |
| 7718 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7719 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) | |
| 7720 #else | |
| 7721 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' | |
| 7722 #endif | |
| 7723 ) | |
| 7724 { | |
| 7725 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) | |
| 7726 return TRUE; | |
| 7727 look += 2; | |
| 7728 } | |
| 7729 /* | |
| 7730 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. | |
| 7731 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. | |
| 7732 */ | |
| 7733 else if (*look == 'o') | |
| 7734 { | |
| 7735 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) | |
| 7736 return TRUE; | |
| 7737 ++look; | |
| 7738 } | |
| 7739 else if (*look == 'O') | |
| 7740 { | |
| 7741 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) | |
| 7742 return TRUE; | |
| 7743 ++look; | |
| 7744 } | |
| 7745 | |
| 7746 /* | |
| 7747 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the | |
| 7748 * cursor. | |
| 7749 */ | |
| 7750 else if (*look == 'e') | |
| 7751 { | |
| 7752 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) | |
| 7753 { | |
| 7754 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7755 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && | |
| 7756 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) | |
| 7757 return TRUE; | |
| 7758 } | |
| 7759 ++look; | |
| 7760 } | |
| 7761 | |
| 7762 /* | |
| 7763 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case | |
| 7764 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix | |
| 7765 * class::method for C++). | |
| 7766 */ | |
| 7767 else if (*look == ':') | |
| 7768 { | |
| 7769 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') | |
| 7770 { | |
| 7771 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7772 if (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7773 || cin_islabel(30)) |
| 7 | 7774 return TRUE; |
| 1300 | 7775 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ |
| 7776 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7 | 7777 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 |
| 7778 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' | |
| 7779 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') | |
| 7780 { | |
| 7781 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7782 i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
| 7 | 7783 || cin_islabel(30)); |
| 7784 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7785 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; | |
| 7786 if (i) | |
| 7787 return TRUE; | |
| 7788 } | |
| 7789 } | |
| 7790 ++look; | |
| 7791 } | |
| 7792 | |
| 7793 | |
| 7794 /* | |
| 7795 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? | |
| 7796 */ | |
| 7797 else if (*look == '<') | |
| 7798 { | |
| 7799 if (try_match) | |
| 7800 { | |
| 7801 /* | |
| 7802 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, | |
| 7803 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, | |
| 7804 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. | |
| 7805 */ | |
| 7806 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL | |
| 7807 && keytyped == look[1]) | |
| 7808 return TRUE; | |
| 7809 | |
| 7810 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) | |
| 7811 return TRUE; | |
| 7812 } | |
| 7813 while (*look && *look != '>') | |
| 7814 look++; | |
| 7815 while (*look == '>') | |
| 7816 look++; | |
| 7817 } | |
| 7818 | |
| 7819 /* | |
| 7820 * Is it a word: "=word"? | |
| 7821 */ | |
| 7822 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) | |
| 7823 { | |
| 7824 ++look; | |
| 7825 if (*look == '~') | |
| 7826 { | |
| 7827 icase = TRUE; | |
| 7828 ++look; | |
| 7829 } | |
| 7830 else | |
| 7831 icase = FALSE; | |
| 7832 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); | |
| 7833 if (p == NULL) | |
| 7834 p = look + STRLEN(look); | |
| 7835 if ((try_match || try_match_word) | |
| 7836 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) | |
| 7837 { | |
| 7838 int match = FALSE; | |
| 7839 | |
| 7840 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 7841 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) | |
| 7842 { | |
| 7843 char_u *s; | |
| 7844 | |
| 7845 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". | |
| 7846 * search back for the start of a word. */ | |
| 7847 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7848 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7849 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7850 { | |
| 7851 char_u *n; | |
| 7852 | |
| 7853 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) | |
| 7854 { | |
| 7855 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); | |
| 7856 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) | |
| 7857 break; | |
| 7858 } | |
| 7859 } | |
| 7860 else | |
| 7861 # endif | |
| 7862 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) | |
| 7863 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) | |
| 7864 break; | |
| 7865 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 7866 && (icase | |
| 7867 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) | |
| 7868 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) | |
| 7869 match = TRUE; | |
| 7870 } | |
| 7871 else | |
| 7872 #endif | |
| 7873 /* TODO: multi-byte */ | |
| 7874 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 | |
| 7875 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) | |
| 7876 { | |
| 7877 line = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 7878 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) | |
| 7879 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) | |
| 7880 && (icase | |
| 7881 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) | |
| 7882 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) | |
| 7883 == 0) | |
| 7884 match = TRUE; | |
| 7885 } | |
| 7886 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) | |
| 7887 { | |
| 7888 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the | |
| 7889 * word. */ | |
| 7890 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7891 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != | |
| 7892 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) | |
| 7893 match = FALSE; | |
| 7894 } | |
| 7895 if (match) | |
| 7896 return TRUE; | |
| 7897 } | |
| 7898 look = p; | |
| 7899 } | |
| 7900 | |
| 7901 /* | |
| 7902 * ok, it's a boring generic character. | |
| 7903 */ | |
| 7904 else | |
| 7905 { | |
| 7906 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) | |
| 7907 return TRUE; | |
| 7908 ++look; | |
| 7909 } | |
| 7910 | |
| 7911 /* | |
| 7912 * Skip over ", ". | |
| 7913 */ | |
| 7914 look = skip_to_option_part(look); | |
| 7915 } | |
| 7916 return FALSE; | |
| 7917 } | |
| 7918 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 7919 | |
| 7920 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7921 /* | |
| 7922 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. | |
| 7923 */ | |
| 7924 int | |
| 7925 hkmap(c) | |
| 7926 int c; | |
| 7927 { | |
| 7928 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ | |
| 7929 { | |
| 7930 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, | |
| 7931 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, | |
| 7932 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; | |
| 7933 static char_u map[26] = | |
| 7934 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, | |
| 7935 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, | |
| 7936 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, | |
| 7937 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, | |
| 7938 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, | |
| 7939 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, | |
| 7940 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, | |
| 7941 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, | |
| 7942 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; | |
| 7943 | |
| 7944 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') | |
| 7945 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); | |
| 7946 /* '-1'='sofit' */ | |
| 7947 else if (c == 'x') | |
| 7948 return 'X'; | |
| 7949 else if (c == 'q') | |
| 7950 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ | |
| 7951 else if (c == 246) | |
| 7952 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ | |
| 7953 else if (c == 228) | |
| 7954 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 7955 else if (c == 252) | |
| 7956 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 7957 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7958 else if (islower(c)) | |
| 7959 #else | |
| 7960 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we | |
| 7961 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on | |
| 7962 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are | |
| 7963 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. | |
| 7964 */ | |
| 7965 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') | |
| 7966 #endif | |
| 7967 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); | |
| 7968 else | |
| 7969 return c; | |
| 7970 } | |
| 7971 else | |
| 7972 { | |
| 7973 switch (c) | |
| 7974 { | |
| 7975 case '`': return ';'; | |
| 7976 case '/': return '.'; | |
| 7977 case '\'': return ','; | |
| 7978 case 'q': return '/'; | |
| 7979 case 'w': return '\''; | |
| 7980 | |
| 7981 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ | |
| 7982 case ',': c = '{'; break; | |
| 7983 case '.': c = 'v'; break; | |
| 7984 case ';': c = 't'; break; | |
| 7985 default: { | |
| 7986 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; | |
| 7987 | |
| 7988 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7989 /* see note about islower() above */ | |
| 7990 if (!islower(c)) | |
| 7991 #else | |
| 7992 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') | |
| 7993 #endif | |
| 7994 return c; | |
| 7995 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; | |
| 7996 break; | |
| 7997 } | |
| 7998 } | |
| 7999 | |
| 8000 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); | |
| 8001 } | |
| 8002 } | |
| 8003 #endif | |
| 8004 | |
| 8005 static void | |
| 8006 ins_reg() | |
| 8007 { | |
| 8008 int need_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8009 int regname; | |
| 8010 int literally = 0; | |
| 844 | 8011 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 8012 int vis_active = VIsual_active; | |
| 8013 #endif | |
| 7 | 8014 |
| 8015 /* | |
| 8016 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. | |
| 8017 */ | |
| 8018 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 8019 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 8020 { | |
| 8021 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 8022 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 8023 |
| 8024 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); | |
| 8025 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 8026 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); | |
| 8027 #endif | |
| 8028 } | |
| 8029 | |
| 8030 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 8031 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 8032 #endif | |
| 8033 | |
| 8034 /* | |
| 8035 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 8036 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 8037 */ | |
| 8038 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 8039 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8040 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 8041 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) | |
| 8042 { | |
| 8043 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ | |
| 8044 literally = regname; | |
| 8045 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 8046 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); | |
| 8047 #endif | |
| 1389 | 8048 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8049 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 8050 } | |
| 8051 --no_mapping; | |
| 8052 | |
| 8053 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 8054 /* | |
| 8055 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression, | |
| 8056 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it! | |
| 8057 */ | |
| 8058 ++no_u_sync; | |
| 8059 if (regname == '=') | |
| 8060 { | |
| 133 | 8061 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 8062 int im_on = im_get_status(); |
| 133 | 8063 # endif |
| 7 | 8064 regname = get_expr_register(); |
| 133 | 8065 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 8066 /* Restore the Input Method. */ |
| 8067 if (im_on) | |
| 8068 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 133 | 8069 # endif |
| 7 | 8070 } |
| 140 | 8071 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) |
| 8072 { | |
| 8073 vim_beep(); | |
| 7 | 8074 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ |
| 140 | 8075 } |
| 7 | 8076 else |
| 8077 { | |
| 8078 #endif | |
| 8079 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) | |
| 8080 { | |
| 8081 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ | |
| 8082 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); | |
| 8083 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); | |
| 8084 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); | |
| 8085 | |
| 8086 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, | |
| 8087 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 8088 } | |
| 8089 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) | |
| 8090 { | |
| 8091 vim_beep(); | |
| 8092 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ | |
| 8093 } | |
| 133 | 8094 else if (stop_insert_mode) |
| 8095 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that | |
| 8096 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't | |
| 8097 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 8098 need_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 8099 | |
| 7 | 8100 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 8101 } | |
| 8102 --no_u_sync; | |
| 8103 #endif | |
| 8104 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 8105 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 8106 #endif | |
| 8107 | |
| 8108 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 8109 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) | |
| 8110 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 844 | 8111 |
| 8112 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 8113 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ | |
| 8114 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) | |
| 8115 end_visual_mode(); | |
| 8116 #endif | |
| 7 | 8117 } |
| 8118 | |
| 8119 /* | |
| 8120 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. | |
| 8121 */ | |
| 8122 static void | |
| 8123 ins_ctrl_g() | |
| 8124 { | |
| 8125 int c; | |
| 8126 | |
| 8127 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 8128 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ | |
| 8129 setcursor(); | |
| 8130 #endif | |
| 8131 | |
| 8132 /* | |
| 8133 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 8134 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 8135 */ | |
| 8136 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 8137 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8138 --no_mapping; |
| 8139 switch (c) | |
| 8140 { | |
| 8141 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ | |
| 8142 case K_UP: | |
| 8143 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 8144 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); | |
| 8145 break; | |
| 8146 | |
| 8147 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ | |
| 8148 case K_DOWN: | |
| 8149 case Ctrl_J: | |
| 8150 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); | |
| 8151 break; | |
| 8152 | |
| 8153 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ | |
| 825 | 8154 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); |
| 7 | 8155 ins_need_undo = TRUE; |
| 626 | 8156 |
| 8157 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins | |
| 1219 | 8158 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ |
| 626 | 8159 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 7 | 8160 break; |
| 8161 | |
| 8162 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ | |
| 8163 default: vim_beep(); | |
| 8164 } | |
| 8165 } | |
| 8166 | |
| 8167 /* | |
| 449 | 8168 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. |
| 8169 */ | |
| 8170 static void | |
| 8171 ins_ctrl_hat() | |
| 8172 { | |
| 782 | 8173 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) |
| 449 | 8174 { |
| 8175 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ | |
| 8176 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
| 8177 { | |
| 8178 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 8179 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 8180 } | |
| 8181 else | |
| 8182 { | |
| 8183 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; | |
| 8184 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 8185 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8186 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8187 #endif | |
| 8188 } | |
| 8189 } | |
| 8190 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8191 else | |
| 8192 { | |
| 8193 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ | |
| 8194 if (im_get_status()) | |
| 8195 { | |
| 8196 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 8197 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8198 } | |
| 8199 else | |
| 8200 { | |
| 8201 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; | |
| 8202 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 8203 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 8204 } | |
| 8205 } | |
| 8206 #endif | |
| 8207 set_iminsert_global(); | |
| 8208 showmode(); | |
| 8209 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8210 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ | |
| 8211 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 8212 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 8213 #endif | |
| 8214 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) | |
| 8215 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ | |
| 8216 status_redraw_curbuf(); | |
| 8217 #endif | |
| 8218 } | |
| 8219 | |
| 8220 /* | |
| 7 | 8221 * Handle ESC in insert mode. |
| 8222 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the | |
| 8223 * insert. | |
| 8224 */ | |
| 8225 static int | |
| 477 | 8226 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove) |
| 7 | 8227 long *count; |
| 8228 int cmdchar; | |
| 477 | 8229 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */ |
| 7 | 8230 { |
| 8231 int temp; | |
| 8232 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8233 | |
| 744 | 8234 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 449 | 8235 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 8236 #endif | |
| 7 | 8237 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) |
| 8238 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) | |
| 8239 hangul_input_state_set(0); | |
| 8240 # endif | |
| 8241 if (composing_hangul) | |
| 8242 { | |
| 8243 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); | |
| 8244 composing_hangul = 0; | |
| 8245 } | |
| 8246 #endif | |
| 8247 | |
| 8248 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8249 if (disabled_redraw) | |
| 8250 { | |
| 8251 --RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8252 disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8253 } | |
| 8254 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 8255 { | |
| 8256 /* | |
| 8257 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". | |
| 75 | 8258 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for |
| 8259 * when "count" is non-zero. | |
| 7 | 8260 */ |
| 8261 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 75 | 8262 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); |
| 7 | 8263 |
| 8264 /* | |
| 8265 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for | |
| 8266 * interrupt now and then. | |
| 8267 */ | |
| 8268 if (*count > 0) | |
| 8269 { | |
| 8270 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 8271 if (got_int) | |
| 8272 *count = 0; | |
| 8273 } | |
| 8274 | |
| 8275 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ | |
| 8276 { | |
| 164 | 8277 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ |
| 8278 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) | |
| 8279 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; | |
| 8280 | |
| 7 | 8281 (void)start_redo_ins(); |
| 8282 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 8283 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ | |
| 8284 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8285 disabled_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 8286 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ | |
| 8287 } | |
| 8288 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE); | |
| 8289 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8290 } | |
| 8291 | |
| 8292 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the | |
| 8293 * indent */ | |
| 8294 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 8295 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 8296 | |
| 8297 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ | |
| 8298 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
| 8299 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8300 | |
| 8301 /* | |
| 8302 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. | |
| 477 | 8303 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. |
| 7 | 8304 */ |
| 477 | 8305 if (!nomove |
| 8306 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 | |
| 7 | 8307 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 8308 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
| 8309 #endif | |
| 477 | 8310 ) |
| 8311 && (restart_edit == NUL | |
| 8312 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
| 7 | 8313 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 477 | 8314 && !VIsual_active |
| 8315 #endif | |
| 8316 )) | |
| 7 | 8317 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8318 && !revins_on | |
| 8319 #endif | |
| 8320 ) | |
| 8321 { | |
| 8322 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8323 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
| 8324 { | |
| 8325 oneleft(); | |
| 8326 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8327 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8328 } | |
| 8329 else | |
| 8330 #endif | |
| 8331 { | |
| 8332 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8333 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8334 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ | |
| 8335 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 8336 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 8337 #endif | |
| 8338 } | |
| 8339 } | |
| 8340 | |
| 8341 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8342 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. | |
| 8343 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as | |
| 8344 * well). */ | |
| 8345 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) | |
| 8346 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); | |
| 8347 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8348 #endif | |
| 8349 | |
| 8350 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8351 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ | |
| 8352 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 8353 | |
| 8354 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 8355 setmouse(); | |
| 8356 #endif | |
| 8357 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8358 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8359 #endif | |
| 8360 | |
| 8361 /* | |
| 8362 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. | |
| 8363 * Otherwise remove the mode message. | |
| 8364 */ | |
| 8365 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8366 showmode(); | |
| 8367 else if (p_smd) | |
| 8368 MSG(""); | |
| 8369 | |
| 8370 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ | |
| 8371 } | |
| 8372 | |
| 8373 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8374 /* | |
| 8375 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. | |
| 8376 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. | |
| 8377 */ | |
| 8378 static void | |
| 8379 ins_ctrl_() | |
| 8380 { | |
| 8381 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) | |
| 8382 { | |
| 8383 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) | |
| 8384 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8385 } | |
| 8386 p_ri = !p_ri; | |
| 8387 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 8388 if (revins_on) | |
| 8389 { | |
| 8390 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8391 revins_legal++; | |
| 8392 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 8393 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8394 } | |
| 8395 else | |
| 8396 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 8397 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8398 if (p_altkeymap) | |
| 8399 { | |
| 8400 /* | |
| 8401 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' | |
| 8402 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo | |
| 8403 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). | |
| 8404 */ | |
| 8405 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 8406 (void)stop_arrow(); | |
| 8407 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; | |
| 8408 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8409 State = INSERT; | |
| 8410 } | |
| 8411 else | |
| 8412 #endif | |
| 8413 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ | |
| 8414 showmode(); | |
| 8415 } | |
| 8416 #endif | |
| 8417 | |
| 8418 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 8419 /* | |
| 8420 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. | |
| 8421 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. | |
| 8422 */ | |
| 8423 static int | |
| 8424 ins_start_select(c) | |
| 8425 int c; | |
| 8426 { | |
| 8427 if (km_startsel) | |
| 8428 switch (c) | |
| 8429 { | |
| 8430 case K_KHOME: | |
| 8431 case K_KEND: | |
| 8432 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 8433 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 8434 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 8435 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 8436 # ifdef MACOS | |
| 8437 case K_LEFT: | |
| 8438 case K_RIGHT: | |
| 8439 case K_UP: | |
| 8440 case K_DOWN: | |
| 8441 case K_END: | |
| 8442 case K_HOME: | |
| 8443 # endif | |
| 8444 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
| 8445 break; | |
| 8446 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 8447 case K_S_LEFT: | |
| 8448 case K_S_RIGHT: | |
| 8449 case K_S_UP: | |
| 8450 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 8451 case K_S_END: | |
| 8452 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 8453 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with | |
| 8454 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ | |
| 8455 start_selection(); | |
| 8456 | |
| 8457 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ | |
| 8458 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); | |
| 8459 if (mod_mask) | |
| 8460 { | |
| 8461 char_u buf[4]; | |
| 8462 | |
| 8463 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 8464 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 8465 buf[2] = mod_mask; | |
| 8466 buf[3] = NUL; | |
| 8467 stuffReadbuff(buf); | |
| 8468 } | |
| 8469 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 8470 return TRUE; | |
| 8471 } | |
| 8472 return FALSE; | |
| 8473 } | |
| 8474 #endif | |
| 8475 | |
| 8476 /* | |
| 449 | 8477 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode. |
| 8478 */ | |
| 8479 static void | |
| 8480 ins_insert(replaceState) | |
| 8481 int replaceState; | |
| 8482 { | |
| 8483 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8484 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8485 { | |
| 8486 beep_flush(); | |
| 8487 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 8488 return; | |
| 8489 } | |
| 8490 #endif | |
| 8491 | |
| 8492 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 532 | 8493 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 449 | 8494 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, |
| 8495 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : | |
| 667 | 8496 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 8497 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : | |
| 8498 # endif | |
| 8499 "r"), 1); | |
| 532 | 8500 # endif |
| 449 | 8501 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 8502 #endif | |
| 8503 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8504 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8505 else | |
| 8506 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8507 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); | |
| 8508 showmode(); | |
| 8509 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8510 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8511 #endif | |
| 8512 } | |
| 8513 | |
| 8514 /* | |
| 8515 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. | |
| 8516 */ | |
| 8517 static void | |
| 8518 ins_ctrl_o() | |
| 8519 { | |
| 8520 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8521 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8522 restart_edit = 'V'; | |
| 8523 else | |
| 8524 #endif | |
| 8525 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8526 restart_edit = 'R'; | |
| 8527 else | |
| 8528 restart_edit = 'I'; | |
| 8529 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8530 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 8531 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ | |
| 8532 else | |
| 8533 #endif | |
| 8534 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); | |
| 8535 } | |
| 8536 | |
| 8537 /* | |
| 7 | 8538 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one |
| 8539 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". | |
| 1796 | 8540 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible |
| 7 | 8541 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an |
| 8542 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. | |
| 8543 */ | |
| 8544 static void | |
| 8545 ins_shift(c, lastc) | |
| 8546 int c; | |
| 8547 int lastc; | |
| 8548 { | |
| 8549 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8550 return; | |
| 8551 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 8552 | |
| 8553 /* | |
| 8554 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. | |
| 8555 */ | |
| 1330 | 8556 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') |
| 8557 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 7 | 8558 { |
| 8559 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8560 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ | |
| 8561 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ | |
| 8562 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8563 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8564 if (lastc == '^') | |
| 8565 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ | |
| 1516 | 8566 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8567 } |
| 8568 else | |
| 1516 | 8569 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8570 |
| 8571 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) | |
| 8572 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8573 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8574 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8575 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8576 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8577 #endif | |
| 8578 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8579 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ | |
| 8580 #endif | |
| 8581 } | |
| 8582 | |
| 8583 static void | |
| 8584 ins_del() | |
| 8585 { | |
| 8586 int temp; | |
| 8587 | |
| 8588 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8589 return; | |
| 8590 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ | |
| 8591 { | |
| 8592 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8593 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ | |
| 3562 | 8594 || do_join(2, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE) == FAIL) |
| 7 | 8595 vim_beep(); |
| 8596 else | |
| 8597 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; | |
| 8598 } | |
| 8599 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ | |
| 8600 vim_beep(); | |
| 8601 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8602 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8603 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8604 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8605 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8606 #endif | |
| 8607 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); | |
| 8608 } | |
| 8609 | |
| 1460 | 8610 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp)); |
| 8611 | |
| 8612 /* | |
| 8613 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). | |
| 8614 */ | |
| 8615 static void | |
| 8616 ins_bs_one(vcolp) | |
| 8617 colnr_T *vcolp; | |
| 8618 { | |
| 8619 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8620 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); | |
| 8621 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8622 { | |
| 8623 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in | |
| 8624 * Replace mode */ | |
| 8625 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 8626 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 1782 | 8627 replace_do_bs(-1); |
| 1460 | 8628 } |
| 8629 else | |
| 8630 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 8631 } | |
| 8632 | |
| 7 | 8633 /* |
| 8634 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. | |
| 8635 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. | |
| 8636 */ | |
| 8637 static int | |
| 8638 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p) | |
| 8639 int c; | |
| 8640 int mode; | |
| 8641 int *inserted_space_p; | |
| 8642 { | |
| 8643 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 8644 int cc; | |
| 8645 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1872 | 8646 colnr_T save_col; |
| 7 | 8647 colnr_T mincol; |
| 8648 int did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 8649 int in_indent; | |
| 8650 int oldState; | |
| 8651 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8652 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ |
| 7 | 8653 #endif |
| 8654 | |
| 8655 /* | |
| 8656 * can't delete anything in an empty file | |
| 8657 * can't backup past first character in buffer | |
| 8658 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 | |
| 8659 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 | |
| 8660 */ | |
| 8661 if ( bufempty() | |
| 8662 || ( | |
| 8663 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8664 !revins_on && | |
| 8665 #endif | |
| 8666 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8667 || (!can_bs(BS_START) | |
| 8668 && (arrow_used | |
| 8669 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8670 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col))) | |
| 8671 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 | |
| 8672 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) | |
| 8673 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) | |
| 8674 { | |
| 8675 vim_beep(); | |
| 8676 return FALSE; | |
| 8677 } | |
| 8678 | |
| 8679 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8680 return FALSE; | |
| 8681 in_indent = inindent(0); | |
| 8682 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8683 if (in_indent) | |
| 8684 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 8685 #endif | |
| 8686 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 8687 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ | |
| 8688 #endif | |
| 8689 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8690 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ | |
| 8691 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8692 #endif | |
| 8693 | |
| 8694 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8695 /* Virtualedit: | |
| 8696 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space | |
| 8697 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd | |
| 8698 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going | |
| 8699 */ | |
| 8700 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 8701 { | |
| 8702 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 8703 { | |
| 8704 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8705 return TRUE; | |
| 8706 } | |
| 8707 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) | |
| 8708 { | |
| 8709 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8710 return TRUE; | |
| 8711 } | |
| 8712 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8713 } | |
| 8714 #endif | |
| 8715 | |
| 8716 /* | |
| 8717 * delete newline! | |
| 8718 */ | |
| 8719 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8720 { | |
| 8721 lnum = Insstart.lnum; | |
| 8722 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8723 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8724 || revins_on | |
| 8725 #endif | |
| 8726 ) | |
| 8727 { | |
| 8728 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), | |
| 8729 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
| 8730 return FALSE; | |
| 8731 --Insstart.lnum; | |
| 8732 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; | |
| 8733 } | |
| 8734 /* | |
| 8735 * In replace mode: | |
| 8736 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it | |
| 8737 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back | |
| 8738 */ | |
| 8739 cc = -1; | |
| 8740 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8741 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ | |
| 8742 /* | |
| 8743 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the | |
| 8744 * cursor. | |
| 8745 */ | |
| 8746 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
| 8747 { | |
| 8748 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8749 } | |
| 8750 else | |
| 8751 { | |
| 8752 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8753 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8754 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) | |
| 8755 #endif | |
| 8756 { | |
| 8757 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ | |
| 8758 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 278 | 8759 |
| 8760 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at | |
| 8761 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken | |
| 8762 * again when auto-formatting. */ | |
| 8763 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) | |
| 8764 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 8765 { | |
| 8766 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 8767 TRUE); | |
| 8768 int len; | |
| 8769 | |
| 835 | 8770 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); |
| 278 | 8771 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') |
| 8772 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 8773 } | |
| 8774 | |
| 3562 | 8775 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 8776 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) |
| 8777 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8778 } | |
| 8779 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8780 else | |
| 8781 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8782 #endif | |
| 8783 | |
| 8784 /* | |
| 8785 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced | |
| 8786 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated | |
| 8787 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the | |
| 8788 * characters that NL replaced. | |
| 8789 */ | |
| 8790 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8791 { | |
| 8792 /* | |
| 8793 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to | |
| 8794 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and | |
| 8795 * avoiding showmatch(). | |
| 8796 */ | |
| 8797 oldState = State; | |
| 8798 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8799 /* | |
| 8800 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor | |
| 8801 */ | |
| 8802 while (cc > 0) | |
| 8803 { | |
| 1872 | 8804 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8805 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8806 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 8807 #else | |
| 8808 ins_char(cc); | |
| 8809 #endif | |
| 1872 | 8810 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8811 cc = replace_pop(); |
| 8812 } | |
| 8813 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ | |
| 8814 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8815 State = oldState; | |
| 8816 } | |
| 8817 } | |
| 8818 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8819 } | |
| 8820 else | |
| 8821 { | |
| 8822 /* | |
| 8823 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. | |
| 8824 */ | |
| 8825 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8826 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ | |
| 8827 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8828 #endif | |
| 8829 mincol = 0; | |
| 8830 /* keep indent */ | |
| 1085 | 8831 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE |
| 8832 && (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 8833 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 2004 | 8834 || cindent_on() |
| 1085 | 8835 #endif |
| 8836 ) | |
| 7 | 8837 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8838 && !revins_on | |
| 8839 #endif | |
| 8840 ) | |
| 8841 { | |
| 1872 | 8842 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8843 beginline(BL_WHITE); |
| 1988 | 8844 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) |
| 7 | 8845 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 1872 | 8846 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8847 } |
| 8848 | |
| 8849 /* | |
| 8850 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. | |
| 8851 */ | |
| 8852 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR | |
| 8853 && ((p_sta && in_indent) | |
| 648 | 8854 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0 |
| 1497 | 8855 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 |
| 7 | 8856 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB |
| 8857 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' | |
| 8858 && (!*inserted_space_p | |
| 8859 || arrow_used)))))) | |
| 8860 { | |
| 8861 int ts; | |
| 8862 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 8863 colnr_T want_vcol; | |
| 1460 | 8864 colnr_T start_vcol; |
| 7 | 8865 |
| 8866 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; | |
| 648 | 8867 if (p_sta && in_indent) |
| 7 | 8868 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw; |
| 8869 else | |
| 8870 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
| 8871 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since | |
| 8872 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of | |
| 8873 * the previous character. */ | |
| 8874 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 1460 | 8875 start_vcol = vcol; |
| 7 | 8876 dec_cursor(); |
| 8877 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); | |
| 8878 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8879 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; | |
| 8880 | |
| 8881 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ | |
| 8882 while (vcol > want_vcol | |
| 8883 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) | |
| 1460 | 8884 ins_bs_one(&vcol); |
| 7 | 8885 |
| 8886 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ | |
| 8887 while (vcol < want_vcol) | |
| 8888 { | |
| 8889 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ | |
| 8890 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8891 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 8892 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8893 | |
| 8894 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8895 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8896 ins_char(' '); | |
| 8897 else | |
| 8898 #endif | |
| 8899 { | |
| 8900 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 1460 | 8901 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) |
| 8902 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 7 | 8903 } |
| 8904 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 8905 } | |
| 1460 | 8906 |
| 8907 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can | |
| 8908 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ | |
| 8909 if (vcol >= start_vcol) | |
| 8910 ins_bs_one(&vcol); | |
| 7 | 8911 } |
| 8912 | |
| 8913 /* | |
| 8914 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. | |
| 8915 */ | |
| 8916 else do | |
| 8917 { | |
| 8918 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8919 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ | |
| 8920 #endif | |
| 8921 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8922 | |
| 8923 /* start of word? */ | |
| 8924 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) | |
| 8925 { | |
| 8926 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; | |
| 8927 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor()); | |
| 8928 } | |
| 8929 /* end of word? */ | |
| 8930 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE | |
| 8931 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor()) | |
| 8932 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)) | |
| 8933 { | |
| 8934 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8935 if (!revins_on) | |
| 8936 #endif | |
| 8937 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8938 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8939 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8940 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8941 #endif | |
| 8942 break; | |
| 8943 } | |
| 8944 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1782 | 8945 replace_do_bs(-1); |
| 7 | 8946 else |
| 8947 { | |
| 8948 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8949 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) | |
| 714 | 8950 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); |
| 7 | 8951 #endif |
| 8952 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 8953 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8954 /* | |
| 714 | 8955 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set |
| 8956 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base | |
| 7 | 8957 * character. |
| 8958 */ | |
| 714 | 8959 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) |
| 7 | 8960 inc_cursor(); |
| 8961 #endif | |
| 8962 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8963 if (revins_chars) | |
| 8964 { | |
| 8965 revins_chars--; | |
| 8966 revins_legal++; | |
| 8967 } | |
| 8968 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 8969 break; | |
| 8970 #endif | |
| 8971 } | |
| 8972 /* Just a single backspace?: */ | |
| 8973 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 8974 break; | |
| 8975 } while ( | |
| 8976 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8977 revins_on || | |
| 8978 #endif | |
| 8979 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol | |
| 8980 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 8981 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col))); | |
| 8982 did_backspace = TRUE; | |
| 8983 } | |
| 8984 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8985 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8986 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8987 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8988 #endif | |
| 8989 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) | |
| 8990 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8991 /* | |
| 8992 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo | |
| 8993 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal | |
| 8994 * with. | |
| 8995 */ | |
| 8996 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 8997 | |
| 8998 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ | |
| 8999 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 9000 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9001 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 9002 | |
| 9003 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that | |
| 9004 * was there remains visible | |
| 9005 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that | |
| 9006 * was there is erased from the screen. | |
| 9007 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar | |
| 9008 * displayed even when there isn't. | |
| 9009 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ | |
| 3318 | 9010 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 9011 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; |
| 9012 | |
| 1514 | 9013 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 9014 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. | |
| 9015 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white | |
| 9016 * char before a Tab. */ | |
| 9017 if (did_backspace) | |
| 9018 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9019 #endif | |
| 9020 | |
| 7 | 9021 return did_backspace; |
| 9022 } | |
| 9023 | |
| 9024 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 9025 static void | |
| 9026 ins_mouse(c) | |
| 9027 int c; | |
| 9028 { | |
| 9029 pos_T tpos; | |
| 840 | 9030 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; |
| 7 | 9031 |
| 9032 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9033 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ | |
| 9034 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 9035 # endif | |
| 9036 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) | |
| 9037 return; | |
| 9038 | |
| 9039 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9040 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9041 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) | |
| 9042 { | |
| 840 | 9043 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 9044 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; | |
| 9045 | |
| 9046 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) | |
| 9047 { | |
| 9048 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the | |
| 9049 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ | |
| 9050 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 9051 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9052 } | |
| 9053 #endif | |
| 9054 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); | |
| 9055 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9056 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) | |
| 9057 { | |
| 9058 curwin = new_curwin; | |
| 9059 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9060 } | |
| 9061 #endif | |
| 7 | 9062 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 9063 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9064 # endif | |
| 9065 } | |
| 9066 | |
| 9067 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9068 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ | |
| 9069 redraw_statuslines(); | |
| 9070 #endif | |
| 9071 } | |
| 9072 | |
| 9073 static void | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9074 ins_mousescroll(dir) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9075 int dir; |
| 7 | 9076 { |
| 9077 pos_T tpos; | |
| 1434 | 9078 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 9079 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
| 9080 # endif | |
| 9081 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9082 int did_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 9083 # endif |
| 9084 | |
| 9085 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9086 | |
| 9087 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 9088 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */ | |
| 9089 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) | |
| 9090 { | |
| 9091 int row, col; | |
| 9092 | |
| 9093 row = mouse_row; | |
| 9094 col = mouse_col; | |
| 9095 | |
| 9096 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ | |
| 9097 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); | |
| 9098 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9099 } | |
| 9100 if (curwin == old_curwin) | |
| 9101 # endif | |
| 9102 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9103 | |
| 1434 | 9104 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9105 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ | |
| 9106 if (!pum_visible() | |
| 9107 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 9108 || curwin != old_curwin | |
| 9109 # endif | |
| 9110 ) | |
| 9111 # endif | |
| 9112 { | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9113 if (dir == MSCR_DOWN || dir == MSCR_UP) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9114 { |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9115 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9116 scroll_redraw(dir, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9117 (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9118 else |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9119 scroll_redraw(dir, 3L); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9120 } |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9121 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 1434 | 9122 else |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9123 { |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9124 int val, step = 6; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9125 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9126 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9127 step = W_WIDTH(curwin); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9128 val = curwin->w_leftcol + (dir == MSCR_RIGHT ? -step : step); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9129 if (val < 0) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9130 val = 0; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9131 gui_do_horiz_scroll(val, TRUE); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9132 } |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9133 #endif |
| 1434 | 9134 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9135 did_scroll = TRUE; | |
| 9136 # endif | |
| 9137 } | |
| 7 | 9138 |
| 9139 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 9140 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 9141 | |
| 9142 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 9143 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9144 # endif | |
| 9145 | |
| 1434 | 9146 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9147 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. | |
| 9148 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are | |
| 9149 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ | |
| 9150 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) | |
| 9151 { | |
| 9152 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
| 9153 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 9154 } | |
| 9155 # endif | |
| 9156 | |
| 7 | 9157 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) |
| 9158 { | |
| 9159 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9160 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9161 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9162 # endif | |
| 9163 } | |
| 9164 } | |
| 9165 #endif | |
| 9166 | |
| 692 | 9167 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 9168 static void |
| 692 | 9169 ins_tabline(c) |
| 9170 int c; | |
| 9171 { | |
| 9172 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ | |
| 9173 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE | |
| 9174 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) | |
| 9175 { | |
| 9176 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9177 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9178 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9179 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9180 # endif | |
| 9181 } | |
| 9182 | |
| 9183 if (c == K_TABLINE) | |
| 9184 goto_tabpage(current_tab); | |
| 9185 else | |
| 846 | 9186 { |
| 692 | 9187 handle_tabmenu(); |
| 846 | 9188 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ |
| 9189 } | |
| 692 | 9190 } |
| 9191 #endif | |
| 9192 | |
| 9193 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7 | 9194 void |
| 9195 ins_scroll() | |
| 9196 { | |
| 9197 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9198 | |
| 9199 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9200 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9201 if (gui_do_scroll()) | |
| 9202 { | |
| 9203 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9204 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9205 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9206 # endif | |
| 9207 } | |
| 9208 } | |
| 9209 | |
| 9210 void | |
| 9211 ins_horscroll() | |
| 9212 { | |
| 9213 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9214 | |
| 9215 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9216 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9217 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE)) |
| 7 | 9218 { |
| 9219 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9220 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9221 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9222 # endif | |
| 9223 } | |
| 9224 } | |
| 9225 #endif | |
| 9226 | |
| 9227 static void | |
| 9228 ins_left() | |
| 9229 { | |
| 9230 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9231 | |
| 9232 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9233 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9234 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9235 #endif | |
| 9236 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9237 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9238 if (oneleft() == OK) | |
| 9239 { | |
| 941 | 9240 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 9241 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will | |
| 9242 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ | |
| 9243 if (!im_is_preediting()) | |
| 9244 #endif | |
| 9245 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 7 | 9246 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 9247 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ | |
| 9248 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) | |
| 9249 revins_legal++; | |
| 9250 revins_chars++; | |
| 9251 #endif | |
| 9252 } | |
| 9253 | |
| 9254 /* | |
| 9255 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to | |
| 9256 * previous line | |
| 9257 */ | |
| 9258 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 9259 { | |
| 9260 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9261 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 9262 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 9263 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ | |
| 9264 } | |
| 9265 else | |
| 9266 vim_beep(); | |
| 9267 } | |
| 9268 | |
| 9269 static void | |
| 9270 ins_home(c) | |
| 9271 int c; | |
| 9272 { | |
| 9273 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9274 | |
| 9275 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9276 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9277 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9278 #endif | |
| 9279 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9280 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9281 if (c == K_C_HOME) | |
| 9282 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
| 9283 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9284 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9285 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 9286 #endif | |
| 9287 curwin->w_curswant = 0; | |
| 9288 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9289 } | |
| 9290 | |
| 9291 static void | |
| 9292 ins_end(c) | |
| 9293 int c; | |
| 9294 { | |
| 9295 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9296 | |
| 9297 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9298 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9299 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9300 #endif | |
| 9301 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9302 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9303 if (c == K_C_END) | |
| 9304 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 9305 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 9306 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; | |
| 9307 | |
| 9308 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9309 } | |
| 9310 | |
| 9311 static void | |
| 9312 ins_s_left() | |
| 9313 { | |
| 9314 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9315 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9316 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9317 #endif | |
| 9318 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9319 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 9320 { | |
| 9321 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9322 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 9323 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9324 } | |
| 9325 else | |
| 9326 vim_beep(); | |
| 9327 } | |
| 9328 | |
| 9329 static void | |
| 9330 ins_right() | |
| 9331 { | |
| 9332 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9333 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9334 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9335 #endif | |
| 9336 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 1877 | 9337 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL |
| 9338 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9339 || virtual_active() | |
| 9340 #endif | |
| 7 | 9341 ) |
| 9342 { | |
| 9343 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9344 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9345 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9346 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 9347 oneright(); | |
| 9348 else | |
| 9349 #endif | |
| 9350 { | |
| 9351 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9352 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 474 | 9353 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 9354 else |
| 9355 #endif | |
| 9356 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 9357 } | |
| 9358 | |
| 9359 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9360 revins_legal++; | |
| 9361 if (revins_chars) | |
| 9362 revins_chars--; | |
| 9363 #endif | |
| 9364 } | |
| 9365 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the | |
| 9366 * cursor to the next line */ | |
| 9367 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL | |
| 9368 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9369 { | |
| 9370 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9371 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9372 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 9373 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9374 } | |
| 9375 else | |
| 9376 vim_beep(); | |
| 9377 } | |
| 9378 | |
| 9379 static void | |
| 9380 ins_s_right() | |
| 9381 { | |
| 9382 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9383 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9384 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9385 #endif | |
| 9386 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9387 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 9388 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 9389 { | |
| 9390 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9391 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); | |
| 9392 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9393 } | |
| 9394 else | |
| 9395 vim_beep(); | |
| 9396 } | |
| 9397 | |
| 9398 static void | |
| 9399 ins_up(startcol) | |
| 9400 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9401 { | |
| 9402 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9403 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9404 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9405 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9406 #endif | |
| 9407 | |
| 9408 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9409 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9410 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9411 { | |
| 9412 if (startcol) | |
| 9413 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9414 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9415 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9416 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9417 #endif | |
| 9418 ) | |
| 9419 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9420 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9421 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9422 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9423 #endif | |
| 9424 } | |
| 9425 else | |
| 9426 vim_beep(); | |
| 9427 } | |
| 9428 | |
| 9429 static void | |
| 9430 ins_pageup() | |
| 9431 { | |
| 9432 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9433 | |
| 9434 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9435 |
| 9436 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9437 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9438 { | |
| 9439 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ | |
| 1013 | 9440 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9441 { | |
| 9442 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9443 goto_tabpage(-1); | |
| 9444 } | |
| 828 | 9445 return; |
| 9446 } | |
| 9447 #endif | |
| 9448 | |
| 7 | 9449 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9450 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9451 { | |
| 9452 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9453 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9454 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9455 #endif | |
| 9456 } | |
| 9457 else | |
| 9458 vim_beep(); | |
| 9459 } | |
| 9460 | |
| 9461 static void | |
| 9462 ins_down(startcol) | |
| 9463 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9464 { | |
| 9465 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9466 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9467 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9468 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9469 #endif | |
| 9470 | |
| 9471 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9472 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9473 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9474 { | |
| 9475 if (startcol) | |
| 9476 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9477 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9478 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9479 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9480 #endif | |
| 9481 ) | |
| 9482 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9483 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9484 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9485 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9486 #endif | |
| 9487 } | |
| 9488 else | |
| 9489 vim_beep(); | |
| 9490 } | |
| 9491 | |
| 9492 static void | |
| 9493 ins_pagedown() | |
| 9494 { | |
| 9495 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9496 | |
| 9497 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9498 |
| 9499 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9500 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9501 { | |
| 9502 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ | |
| 1013 | 9503 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9504 { | |
| 9505 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9506 goto_tabpage(0); | |
| 9507 } | |
| 828 | 9508 return; |
| 9509 } | |
| 9510 #endif | |
| 9511 | |
| 7 | 9512 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9513 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9514 { | |
| 9515 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9516 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9517 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9518 #endif | |
| 9519 } | |
| 9520 else | |
| 9521 vim_beep(); | |
| 9522 } | |
| 9523 | |
| 9524 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 9525 static void | |
| 9526 ins_drop() | |
| 9527 { | |
| 9528 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 9529 } | |
| 9530 #endif | |
| 9531 | |
| 9532 /* | |
| 9533 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. | |
| 9534 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. | |
| 9535 */ | |
| 9536 static int | |
| 9537 ins_tab() | |
| 9538 { | |
| 9539 int ind; | |
| 9540 int i; | |
| 9541 int temp; | |
| 9542 | |
| 9543 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 9544 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 9545 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9546 return FALSE; | |
| 9547 | |
| 9548 ind = inindent(0); | |
| 9549 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9550 if (ind) | |
| 9551 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 9552 #endif | |
| 9553 | |
| 9554 /* | |
| 9555 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character | |
| 9556 */ | |
| 9557 if (!curbuf->b_p_et | |
| 9558 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw) | |
| 9559 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0) | |
| 9560 return TRUE; | |
| 9561 | |
| 9562 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9563 return TRUE; | |
| 9564 | |
| 9565 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 9566 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 9567 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 9568 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 9569 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 9570 #endif | |
| 9571 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); | |
| 9572 | |
| 9573 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 9574 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 9575 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ | |
| 9576 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
| 9577 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ | |
| 9578 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 9579 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; | |
| 9580 | |
| 9581 /* | |
| 9582 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in | |
| 9583 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any | |
| 9584 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. | |
| 9585 */ | |
| 9586 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9587 while (--temp > 0) | |
| 9588 { | |
| 9589 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9590 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9591 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9592 else | |
| 9593 #endif | |
| 9594 { | |
| 9595 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 9596 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ | |
| 9597 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9598 } | |
| 9599 } | |
| 9600 | |
| 9601 /* | |
| 9602 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. | |
| 9603 */ | |
| 9604 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind))) | |
| 9605 { | |
| 9606 char_u *ptr; | |
| 9607 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9608 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 9609 pos_T pos; | |
| 9610 #endif | |
| 9611 pos_T fpos; | |
| 9612 pos_T *cursor; | |
| 9613 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; | |
| 9614 int change_col = -1; | |
| 9615 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 9616 | |
| 9617 /* | |
| 9618 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes | |
| 9619 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. | |
| 9620 */ | |
| 9621 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9622 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9623 { | |
| 9624 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9625 cursor = &pos; | |
| 9626 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 9627 if (saved_line == NULL) | |
| 9628 return FALSE; | |
| 9629 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; | |
| 9630 } | |
| 9631 else | |
| 9632 #endif | |
| 9633 { | |
| 9634 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 9635 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9636 } | |
| 9637 | |
| 9638 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ | |
| 9639 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 9640 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 9641 | |
| 9642 /* Find first white before the cursor */ | |
| 9643 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9644 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) | |
| 9645 { | |
| 9646 --fpos.col; | |
| 9647 --ptr; | |
| 9648 } | |
| 9649 | |
| 9650 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ | |
| 9651 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9652 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 9653 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9654 { | |
| 9655 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; | |
| 9656 fpos.col = Insstart.col; | |
| 9657 } | |
| 9658 | |
| 9659 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ | |
| 9660 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9661 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9662 | |
| 9663 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and | |
| 9664 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ | |
| 9665 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) | |
| 9666 { | |
| 9667 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol); | |
| 9668 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) | |
| 9669 break; | |
| 9670 if (*ptr != TAB) | |
| 9671 { | |
| 9672 *ptr = TAB; | |
| 9673 if (change_col < 0) | |
| 9674 { | |
| 9675 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ | |
| 9676 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ | |
| 9677 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9678 Insstart.col = fpos.col; | |
| 9679 } | |
| 9680 } | |
| 9681 ++fpos.col; | |
| 9682 ++ptr; | |
| 9683 vcol += i; | |
| 9684 } | |
| 9685 | |
| 9686 if (change_col >= 0) | |
| 9687 { | |
| 9688 int repl_off = 0; | |
| 9689 | |
| 9690 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ | |
| 9691 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') | |
| 9692 { | |
| 9693 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol); | |
| 9694 ++ptr; | |
| 9695 ++repl_off; | |
| 9696 } | |
| 9697 if (vcol > want_vcol) | |
| 9698 { | |
| 9699 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ | |
| 9700 --ptr; | |
| 9701 --repl_off; | |
| 9702 } | |
| 9703 fpos.col += repl_off; | |
| 9704 | |
| 9705 /* Delete following spaces. */ | |
| 9706 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; | |
| 9707 if (i > 0) | |
| 9708 { | |
| 1622 | 9709 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); |
| 7 | 9710 /* correct replace stack. */ |
| 9711 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9712 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9713 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9714 #endif | |
| 9715 ) | |
| 9716 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) | |
| 9717 replace_join(repl_off); | |
| 9718 } | |
| 33 | 9719 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
| 2210 | 9720 if (netbeans_active()) |
| 33 | 9721 { |
|
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
9722 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1)); |
| 33 | 9723 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, |
| 9724 (char_u *)"\t", 1); | |
| 9725 } | |
| 9726 #endif | |
| 7 | 9727 cursor->col -= i; |
| 9728 | |
| 9729 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9730 /* | |
| 9731 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by | |
| 9732 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new | |
| 9733 * spacing. | |
| 9734 */ | |
| 9735 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9736 { | |
| 9737 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ | |
| 9738 backspace_until_column(change_col); | |
| 9739 | |
| 9740 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to | |
| 9741 * ptr-cursor */ | |
| 9742 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, | |
| 9743 cursor->col - change_col); | |
| 9744 } | |
| 9745 #endif | |
| 9746 } | |
| 9747 | |
| 9748 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9749 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9750 vim_free(saved_line); | |
| 9751 #endif | |
| 9752 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; | |
| 9753 } | |
| 9754 | |
| 9755 return FALSE; | |
| 9756 } | |
| 9757 | |
| 9758 /* | |
| 9759 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. | |
| 9760 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. | |
| 9761 */ | |
| 9762 static int | |
| 9763 ins_eol(c) | |
| 9764 int c; | |
| 9765 { | |
| 9766 int i; | |
| 9767 | |
| 9768 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9769 return FALSE; | |
| 9770 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9771 return TRUE; | |
| 9772 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9773 | |
| 9774 /* | |
| 9775 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the | |
| 9776 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, | |
| 9777 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. | |
| 9778 */ | |
| 9779 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9780 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9781 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9782 #endif | |
| 9783 ) | |
| 9784 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9785 | |
| 9786 /* | |
| 9787 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
| 9788 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the | |
| 9789 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done | |
| 9790 * in open_line(). | |
| 9791 */ | |
| 9792 | |
| 844 | 9793 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 9794 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after | |
| 9795 * CTRL-O). */ | |
| 9796 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 9797 coladvance(getviscol()); | |
| 9798 #endif | |
| 9799 | |
| 7 | 9800 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 9801 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 9802 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) | |
| 9803 fkmap(NL); | |
| 9804 # endif | |
| 9805 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of | |
| 9806 * current line. */ | |
| 9807 if (revins_on) | |
| 9808 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 9809 #endif | |
| 9810 | |
| 9811 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); | |
| 9812 i = open_line(FORWARD, | |
| 9813 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 9814 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : | |
| 9815 #endif | |
| 9816 0, old_indent); | |
| 9817 old_indent = 0; | |
| 9818 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9819 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9820 #endif | |
| 1032 | 9821 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 9822 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ | |
| 9823 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9824 #endif | |
| 7 | 9825 |
| 9826 return (!i); | |
| 9827 } | |
| 9828 | |
| 9829 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 9830 /* | |
| 9831 * Handle digraph in insert mode. | |
| 9832 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be | |
| 9833 * done. | |
| 9834 */ | |
| 9835 static int | |
| 9836 ins_digraph() | |
| 9837 { | |
| 9838 int c; | |
| 9839 int cc; | |
| 2811 | 9840 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 9841 |
| 9842 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 9843 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 9844 { | |
| 9845 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 9846 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9847 |
| 9848 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); | |
| 2811 | 9849 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 7 | 9850 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 9851 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); | |
| 9852 #endif | |
| 9853 } | |
| 9854 | |
| 9855 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 9856 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 9857 #endif | |
| 9858 | |
| 9859 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the | |
| 9860 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ | |
| 9861 ++no_mapping; | |
| 9862 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 9863 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 9864 --no_mapping; |
| 9865 --allow_keys; | |
| 2811 | 9866 if (did_putchar) |
| 9867 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the next | |
| 9868 * line and will not be removed by the redraw */ | |
| 9869 edit_unputchar(); | |
|
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
9870 |
| 7 | 9871 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ |
| 9872 { | |
| 9873 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9874 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9875 #endif | |
| 9876 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 9877 return NUL; | |
| 9878 } | |
| 9879 if (c != ESC) | |
| 9880 { | |
| 2811 | 9881 did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 9882 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) |
| 9883 { | |
| 9884 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 9885 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9886 |
| 9887 if (char2cells(c) == 1) | |
| 9888 { | |
| 661 | 9889 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9890 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); |
| 2811 | 9891 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 7 | 9892 } |
| 9893 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9894 add_to_showcmd_c(c); | |
| 9895 #endif | |
| 9896 } | |
| 9897 ++no_mapping; | |
| 9898 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 9899 cc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 9900 --no_mapping; |
| 9901 --allow_keys; | |
| 2811 | 9902 if (did_putchar) |
| 9903 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the | |
| 9904 * next line and will not be removed by a redraw */ | |
| 9905 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 7 | 9906 if (cc != ESC) |
| 9907 { | |
| 9908 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); | |
| 9909 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); | |
| 9910 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9911 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9912 #endif | |
| 9913 return c; | |
| 9914 } | |
| 9915 } | |
| 9916 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9917 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9918 #endif | |
| 9919 return NUL; | |
| 9920 } | |
| 9921 #endif | |
| 9922 | |
| 9923 /* | |
| 9924 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. | |
| 9925 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. | |
| 9926 */ | |
| 3501 | 9927 int |
| 7 | 9928 ins_copychar(lnum) |
| 9929 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 9930 { | |
| 9931 int c; | |
| 9932 int temp; | |
| 9933 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; | |
| 9934 | |
| 9935 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9936 { | |
| 9937 vim_beep(); | |
| 9938 return NUL; | |
| 9939 } | |
| 9940 | |
| 9941 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ | |
| 9942 temp = 0; | |
| 9943 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 9944 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 9945 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 9946 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 9947 { | |
| 9948 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 9949 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp); | |
| 9950 } | |
| 9951 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 9952 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
| 9953 | |
| 9954 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9955 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
| 9956 #else | |
| 9957 c = *ptr; | |
| 9958 #endif | |
| 9959 if (c == NUL) | |
| 9960 vim_beep(); | |
| 9961 return c; | |
| 9962 } | |
| 9963 | |
| 449 | 9964 /* |
| 9965 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. | |
| 9966 */ | |
| 9967 static int | |
| 9968 ins_ctrl_ey(tc) | |
| 9969 int tc; | |
| 9970 { | |
| 9971 int c = tc; | |
| 9972 | |
| 9973 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9974 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 9975 { | |
| 9976 if (c == Ctrl_Y) | |
| 9977 scrolldown_clamp(); | |
| 9978 else | |
| 9979 scrollup_clamp(); | |
| 9980 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9981 } | |
| 9982 else | |
| 9983 #endif | |
| 9984 { | |
| 9985 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); | |
| 9986 if (c != NUL) | |
| 9987 { | |
| 9988 long tw_save; | |
| 9989 | |
| 9990 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it | |
| 9991 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' | |
| 9992 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a | |
| 9993 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ | |
| 9994 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) | |
| 9995 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
| 9996 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 9997 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; | |
| 9998 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 9999 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; | |
| 10000 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 10001 revins_chars++; | |
| 10002 revins_legal++; | |
| 10003 #endif | |
| 10004 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ | |
| 10005 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 10006 } | |
| 10007 } | |
| 10008 return c; | |
| 10009 } | |
| 10010 | |
| 7 | 10011 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 10012 /* | |
| 10013 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. | |
| 10014 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. | |
| 10015 */ | |
| 10016 static void | |
| 10017 ins_try_si(c) | |
| 10018 int c; | |
| 10019 { | |
| 10020 pos_T *pos, old_pos; | |
| 10021 char_u *ptr; | |
| 10022 int i; | |
| 10023 int temp; | |
| 10024 | |
| 10025 /* | |
| 10026 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' | |
| 10027 */ | |
| 10028 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) | |
| 10029 { | |
| 10030 /* | |
| 10031 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' | |
| 10032 */ | |
| 10033 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) | |
| 10034 { | |
| 10035 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 10036 /* | |
| 10037 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring | |
| 10038 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line | |
| 10039 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the | |
| 10040 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple | |
| 10041 * lines -- webb | |
| 10042 */ | |
| 10043 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
| 10044 i = pos->col; | |
| 10045 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ | |
| 10046 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) | |
| 10047 ; | |
| 10048 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 10049 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
| 10050 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
| 10051 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
| 10052 i = get_indent(); | |
| 10053 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 10054 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 10055 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1516 | 10056 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10057 else |
| 10058 #endif | |
| 10059 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 10060 } | |
| 10061 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 10062 { | |
| 10063 /* | |
| 10064 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not | |
| 10065 * more than indent of previous line | |
| 10066 */ | |
| 10067 temp = TRUE; | |
| 10068 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 10069 { | |
| 10070 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 10071 i = get_indent(); | |
| 10072 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 10073 { | |
| 10074 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); | |
| 10075 | |
| 10076 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ | |
| 10077 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 10078 break; | |
| 10079 } | |
| 10080 if (get_indent() >= i) | |
| 10081 temp = FALSE; | |
| 10082 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 10083 } | |
| 10084 if (temp) | |
| 1516 | 10085 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10086 } |
| 10087 } | |
| 10088 | |
| 10089 /* | |
| 10090 * set indent of '#' always to 0 | |
| 10091 */ | |
| 10092 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') | |
| 10093 { | |
| 10094 /* remember current indent for next line */ | |
| 10095 old_indent = get_indent(); | |
| 10096 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 10097 } | |
| 10098 | |
| 10099 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ | |
| 10100 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 10101 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 10102 } | |
| 10103 #endif | |
| 10104 | |
| 10105 /* | |
| 10106 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. | |
| 10107 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
| 10108 */ | |
| 10109 static colnr_T | |
| 10110 get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 10111 { | |
| 10112 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 10113 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 10114 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 10115 return curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 10116 } | |
| 3390 | 10117 |
| 10118 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 10119 /* | |
| 10120 * Handle the InsertCharPre autocommand. | |
| 10121 * "c" is the character that was typed. | |
| 10122 * Return a pointer to allocated memory with the replacement string. | |
| 10123 * Return NULL to continue inserting "c". | |
| 10124 */ | |
| 10125 static char_u * | |
| 10126 do_insert_char_pre(c) | |
| 10127 int c; | |
| 10128 { | |
| 3547 | 10129 char_u *res; |
| 10130 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 3390 | 10131 |
| 10132 /* Return quickly when there is nothing to do. */ | |
| 10133 if (!has_insertcharpre()) | |
| 10134 return NULL; | |
| 10135 | |
| 3547 | 10136 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 10137 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10138 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; | |
| 10139 else | |
| 10140 #endif | |
| 10141 { | |
| 10142 buf[0] = c; | |
| 10143 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 10144 } | |
| 10145 | |
| 3390 | 10146 /* Lock the text to avoid weird things from happening. */ |
| 10147 ++textlock; | |
| 3547 | 10148 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1); /* set v:char */ |
| 10149 | |
| 10150 res = NULL; | |
| 3390 | 10151 if (apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHARPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf)) |
| 3547 | 10152 { |
| 10153 /* Get the value of v:char. It may be empty or more than one | |
| 10154 * character. Only use it when changed, otherwise continue with the | |
| 10155 * original character to avoid breaking autoindent. */ | |
| 10156 if (STRCMP(buf, get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)) != 0) | |
| 10157 res = vim_strsave(get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)); | |
| 10158 } | |
| 3390 | 10159 |
| 10160 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); /* clear v:char */ | |
| 10161 --textlock; | |
| 10162 | |
| 10163 return res; | |
| 10164 } | |
| 10165 #endif |